projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
* config/tc-hppa.c (CHECK_FIELD_WHERE): Define.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <ctype.h>
27
28 #include "as.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #else
61 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62 #endif
63
64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80 typedef int reloc_type;
81
82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83 #define obj_version obj_som_version
84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86 /* How to generate a relocation. */
87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97 #endif
98
99 #ifndef R_N0SEL
100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101 #endif
102
103 #ifndef R_N1SEL
104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105 #endif
106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
109 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
110 #else
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
112 #endif
113
114 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
115
116 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
117
118 struct unwind_desc
119 {
120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
121 unsigned int millicode:1;
122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
123 unsigned int region_desc:2;
124 unsigned int save_sr:2;
125 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
126 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
127 unsigned int args_stored:1;
128 unsigned int call_fr:5;
129 unsigned int call_gr:5;
130 unsigned int save_sp:1;
131 unsigned int save_rp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
135
136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int reserved:3;
139 unsigned int frame_size:27;
140 };
141
142 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
144 object files. */
145 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
161
162 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
166
167 struct unwind_table
168 {
169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
170 descriptor. */
171 unsigned int start_offset;
172 unsigned int end_offset;
173 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
174 };
175
176 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
179
180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
182
183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
185
186 struct call_info
187 {
188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
190
191 /* Name of this function. */
192 symbolS *start_symbol;
193
194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
195 symbolS *end_symbol;
196
197 /* Next entry in the chain. */
198 struct call_info *ci_next;
199 };
200
201 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
203 SGL and DBL). */
204 typedef enum
205 {
206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
207 }
208 fp_operand_format;
209
210 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
212 (ELF has no need for it). */
213 typedef enum
214 {
215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
224 }
225 pa_symbol_type;
226
227 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
228 individual instructions. */
229 struct pa_it
230 {
231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
232 unsigned long opcode;
233
234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
235 expressionS exp;
236
237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
238 int pcrel;
239
240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
241 fp_operand_format fpof1;
242 fp_operand_format fpof2;
243
244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
245 int trunc;
246
247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
249 long field_selector;
250
251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
253 unsigned int arg_reloc;
254
255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
256 int format;
257
258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
259 reloc_type reloc;
260 };
261
262 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
263
264 +--------------+--------------+
265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | | |
270
271 . . .
272 . . .
273 . . .
274
275 | | |
276 +--------------+--------------+
277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
280 +--------------+--------------+ */
281
282 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
283 struct call_desc
284 {
285 /* The argument relocation specification. */
286 unsigned int arg_reloc;
287
288 /* Number of arguments. */
289 unsigned int arg_count;
290 };
291
292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
293 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
294 chain. */
295
296 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
297 {
298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
299 unsigned int ssd_defined;
300
301 /* Name of this subspace. */
302 char *ssd_name;
303
304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
305 asection *ssd_seg;
306 int ssd_subseg;
307
308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
310 };
311
312 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
313
314 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
315 chain. */
316
317 struct space_dictionary_chain
318 {
319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
320 as a default space. */
321 unsigned int sd_defined;
322
323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
324 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
325
326 /* The space number (or index). */
327 unsigned int sd_spnum;
328
329 /* The name of this subspace. */
330 char *sd_name;
331
332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
333 asection *sd_seg;
334
335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
336 int sd_last_subseg;
337
338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
340
341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
343 };
344
345 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
346
347 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
348 dictionary entries. */
349
350 struct default_subspace_dict
351 {
352 /* Name of the subspace. */
353 char *name;
354
355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
356 char defined;
357
358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
359 char loadable;
360
361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
362 char code_only;
363
364 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
365 char common;
366
367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
368 to be multiply defined. */
369 char dup_common;
370
371 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
372 char zero;
373
374 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
375 unsigned char sort;
376
377 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
378 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
379 int access;
380
381 /* Index of containing space. */
382 int space_index;
383
384 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
385 int alignment;
386
387 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
388 int quadrant;
389
390 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
391 int def_space_index;
392
393 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
394 subsegT subsegment;
395 };
396
397 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
398 dictionary entries. */
399
400 struct default_space_dict
401 {
402 /* Name of the space. */
403 char *name;
404
405 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
406 assembly code numerically! */
407 int spnum;
408
409 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
410 char loadable;
411
412 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
413 char defined;
414
415 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
416 char private;
417
418 /* Sort key for this space. */
419 unsigned char sort;
420
421 /* Segment associated with this space. */
422 asection *segment;
423 };
424 #endif
425
426 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
427 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
428 label. */
429 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
430 {
431 struct symbol *lss_label;
432 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
433 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
434 #endif
435 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
436 segT lss_segment;
437 #endif
438 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
439 }
440 label_symbol_struct;
441
442 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
443 struct hppa_fix_struct
444 {
445 /* The field selector. */
446 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
447
448 /* Type of fixup. */
449 int fx_r_type;
450
451 /* Format of fixup. */
452 int fx_r_format;
453
454 /* Argument relocation bits. */
455 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
456
457 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
458 segT segment;
459 };
460
461 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
462
463 struct pd_reg
464 {
465 char *name;
466 int value;
467 };
468
469 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
470 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
471 struct fp_cond_map
472 {
473 char *string;
474 int cond;
475 };
476
477 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
478 string to a field selector type. */
479 struct selector_entry
480 {
481 char *prefix;
482 int field_selector;
483 };
484
485 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
486
487 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
488 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
489 #endif
490
491 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
492 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
493 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
494 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
495 #endif
496 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
497 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
501 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
502 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
504 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
505 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
506 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
507 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
508 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
509 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
510 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
511 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
512 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
513 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
514 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
515 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
519 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
520 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
521 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
522 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
523 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
525 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
528 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
532 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
534 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
537 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
541 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
542 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
543 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
544 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
545 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
546 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
547 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
548 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
549 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
550 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
551 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
552 int, int, int,
553 asection *, int));
554 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
555 char *, int, int,
556 int, int, int,
557 int, int, int, int,
558 int, asection *));
559 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
560 char *, int, int, int,
561 int, int, int, int,
562 int, int, int,
563 asection *));
564 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
565 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
566 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
567 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
568 subsegT));
569 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
570 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
572 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
573 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
574 #endif
575 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
576 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
577 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
578 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
579 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
580 int, unsigned int, int));
581 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
582 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
583 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
584 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
585 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
586 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
587 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
588 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
589
590 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
591 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
592 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
593 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
594 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
595 #endif
596
597 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
598
599 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
600 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
601 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
602 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
603
604 /* The current space and subspace. */
605 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
606 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
607 #endif
608
609 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
610 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
611
612 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
613 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
614 function labels. */
615 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
616
617 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
618 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
619
620 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
621 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
622
623 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
624 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
625 dependent tables? */
626 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
627 {
628 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
629 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
630 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
631 {"align", pa_align, 8},
632 #endif
633 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
634 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
635 #endif
636 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
637 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
638 {"block", pa_block, 1},
639 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
640 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
641 {"call", pa_call, 0},
642 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
643 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
644 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
645 #else
646 {"code", pa_text, 0},
647 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
648 #endif
649 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
650 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
651 #endif
652 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
653 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
654 {"data", pa_data, 0},
655 #endif
656 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
657 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
658 {"end", pa_end, 0},
659 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
660 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
661 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
662 #endif
663 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
664 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
665 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
666 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
667 {"export", pa_export, 0},
668 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
669 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
670 #endif
671 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
672 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
673 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
674 {"import", pa_import, 0},
675 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
676 {"label", pa_label, 0},
677 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
678 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
679 {"level", pa_level, 0},
680 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
681 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
682 #endif
683 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
684 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
685 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
686 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
687 #endif
688 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
689 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
690 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
691 {"param", pa_param, 0},
692 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
693 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
694 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
695 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
696 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
697 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
698 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
699 {"space", pa_space, 0},
700 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
701 #endif
702 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
703 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
704 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
705 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
706 #endif
707 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
708 {"text", pa_text, 0},
709 #endif
710 {"version", pa_version, 0},
711 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
712 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
713 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
714 #endif
715 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
716 {NULL, 0, 0}
717 };
718
719 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
720 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
721 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
722
723 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
724 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
725 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
726
727 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
728 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
729
730 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
731 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
732 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
733
734 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
735 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
736
737 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
738 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
739
740 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
741 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
742
743 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
744 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
745 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
746 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
747
748 static struct pa_it the_insn;
749
750 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
751 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
752 variable. */
753 static char *expr_end;
754
755 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
756 static int callinfo_found;
757
758 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
759 static int within_entry_exit;
760
761 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
762 static int within_procedure;
763
764 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
765 seen in each subspace. */
766 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
767
768 /* Holds the last field selector. */
769 static int hppa_field_selector;
770
771 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
772
773 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
774 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
775 static int strict = 0;
776
777 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
778 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
779 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
780 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
781 register has a `r' suffix. */
782 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
783 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
784 static int pa_number;
785
786 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
787 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
788 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
789 #endif
790
791 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
792 static int print_errors = 1;
793
794 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
795
796 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
797 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
798
799 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
800 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
801
802 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
803 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
804 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
805 again have the value <REGNUM>.
806
807 Many registers also have synonyms:
808
809 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
810 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
811 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
812 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
813 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
814
815 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
816 here for brevity.
817
818 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
819
820 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
821 {
822 {"%arg0", 26},
823 {"%arg1", 25},
824 {"%arg2", 24},
825 {"%arg3", 23},
826 {"%cr0", 0},
827 {"%cr10", 10},
828 {"%cr11", 11},
829 {"%cr12", 12},
830 {"%cr13", 13},
831 {"%cr14", 14},
832 {"%cr15", 15},
833 {"%cr16", 16},
834 {"%cr17", 17},
835 {"%cr18", 18},
836 {"%cr19", 19},
837 {"%cr20", 20},
838 {"%cr21", 21},
839 {"%cr22", 22},
840 {"%cr23", 23},
841 {"%cr24", 24},
842 {"%cr25", 25},
843 {"%cr26", 26},
844 {"%cr27", 27},
845 {"%cr28", 28},
846 {"%cr29", 29},
847 {"%cr30", 30},
848 {"%cr31", 31},
849 {"%cr8", 8},
850 {"%cr9", 9},
851 {"%dp", 27},
852 {"%eiem", 15},
853 {"%eirr", 23},
854 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
855 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
857 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
858 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
859 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
861 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
864 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
867 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
869 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
870 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
873 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
876 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
879 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
882 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
885 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
888 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
890 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
891 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
894 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
897 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
900 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
901 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
902 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
903 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
904 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
906 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
907 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
909 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
910 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
912 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
913 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
915 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
916 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
918 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
919 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
920 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
921 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
922 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
923 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
924 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
926 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
927 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
928 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
929 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
930 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
931 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
932 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
933 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
935 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
936 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
937 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
938 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
939 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
940 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
941 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
942 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
943 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
944 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
945 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
946 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
947 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
948 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
949 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
950 {"%hta", 25},
951 {"%iir", 19},
952 {"%ior", 21},
953 {"%ipsw", 22},
954 {"%isr", 20},
955 {"%itmr", 16},
956 {"%iva", 14},
957 {"%pcoq", 18},
958 {"%pcsq", 17},
959 {"%pidr1", 8},
960 {"%pidr2", 9},
961 {"%pidr3", 12},
962 {"%pidr4", 13},
963 {"%ppda", 24},
964 {"%r0", 0},
965 {"%r1", 1},
966 {"%r10", 10},
967 {"%r11", 11},
968 {"%r12", 12},
969 {"%r13", 13},
970 {"%r14", 14},
971 {"%r15", 15},
972 {"%r16", 16},
973 {"%r17", 17},
974 {"%r18", 18},
975 {"%r19", 19},
976 {"%r2", 2},
977 {"%r20", 20},
978 {"%r21", 21},
979 {"%r22", 22},
980 {"%r23", 23},
981 {"%r24", 24},
982 {"%r25", 25},
983 {"%r26", 26},
984 {"%r27", 27},
985 {"%r28", 28},
986 {"%r29", 29},
987 {"%r3", 3},
988 {"%r30", 30},
989 {"%r31", 31},
990 {"%r4", 4},
991 {"%r5", 5},
992 {"%r6", 6},
993 {"%r7", 7},
994 {"%r8", 8},
995 {"%r9", 9},
996 {"%rctr", 0},
997 {"%ret0", 28},
998 {"%ret1", 29},
999 {"%rp", 2},
1000 {"%sar", 11},
1001 {"%sp", 30},
1002 {"%sr0", 0},
1003 {"%sr1", 1},
1004 {"%sr2", 2},
1005 {"%sr3", 3},
1006 {"%sr4", 4},
1007 {"%sr5", 5},
1008 {"%sr6", 6},
1009 {"%sr7", 7},
1010 {"%tr0", 24},
1011 {"%tr1", 25},
1012 {"%tr2", 26},
1013 {"%tr3", 27},
1014 {"%tr4", 28},
1015 {"%tr5", 29},
1016 {"%tr6", 30},
1017 {"%tr7", 31}
1018 };
1019
1020 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1021 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1022 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1023 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1024 {
1025 {"false?", 0},
1026 {"false", 1},
1027 {"true?", 30},
1028 {"true", 31},
1029 {"!<=>", 3},
1030 {"!?>=", 8},
1031 {"!?<=", 16},
1032 {"!<>", 7},
1033 {"!>=", 11},
1034 {"!?>", 12},
1035 {"?<=", 14},
1036 {"!<=", 19},
1037 {"!?<", 20},
1038 {"?>=", 22},
1039 {"!?=", 24},
1040 {"!=t", 27},
1041 {"<=>", 29},
1042 {"=t", 5},
1043 {"?=", 6},
1044 {"?<", 10},
1045 {"<=", 13},
1046 {"!>", 15},
1047 {"?>", 18},
1048 {">=", 21},
1049 {"!<", 23},
1050 {"<>", 25},
1051 {"!=", 26},
1052 {"!?", 28},
1053 {"?", 2},
1054 {"=", 4},
1055 {"<", 9},
1056 {">", 17}
1057 };
1058
1059 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1060 {
1061 {"f", e_fsel},
1062 {"l", e_lsel},
1063 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1064 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1065 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1066 {"ls", e_lssel},
1067 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1068 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1069 {"n", e_nsel},
1070 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1071 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1072 {"p", e_psel},
1073 {"r", e_rsel},
1074 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1075 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1076 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1077 {"rs", e_rssel},
1078 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1079 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1080 {"t", e_tsel},
1081 };
1082
1083 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1084 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1085
1086 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1087 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1088
1089 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1090 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1091 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1092 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1093 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1094 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1095 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1096 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1097 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1098
1099 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1100 {
1101 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1102 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1103 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1104 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1105 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1106 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1107 };
1108
1109 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1110 {
1111 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1112 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1113 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1114 };
1115
1116 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1117
1118 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1119 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1120 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1121 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1122 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1123
1124 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1125 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1126 #endif
1127
1128 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1129 a right or left half of a FP register */
1130 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1131 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1132
1133 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1134 main loop after insertion. */
1135
1136 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1137 { \
1138 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1139 continue; \
1140 }
1141
1142 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1143 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1144
1145 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1146 { \
1147 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1148 { \
1149 if (! IGNORE) \
1150 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1151 (int) (FIELD));\
1152 break; \
1153 } \
1154 }
1155
1156 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1157 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1158
1159 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1160 { \
1161 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1162 { \
1163 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1164 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1165 (int) (FIELD));\
1166 break; \
1167 } \
1168 }
1169
1170 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1171 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1172
1173 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1174 { \
1175 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1176 { \
1177 if (! IGNORE) \
1178 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1179 (int) (FIELD));\
1180 break; \
1181 } \
1182 }
1183
1184 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1185 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1186 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1187
1188 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1189 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1190 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1191
1192 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1193 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1194 need real complex handling yet. */
1195 #define is_complex(exp) \
1196 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1197
1198 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1199
1200 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1201 proc/procend pairs match. */
1202
1203 void
1204 pa_check_eof ()
1205 {
1206 if (within_entry_exit)
1207 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1208
1209 if (within_procedure)
1210 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1211 }
1212
1213 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1214 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1215
1216 static label_symbol_struct *
1217 pa_get_label ()
1218 {
1219 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1220
1221 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1222 label_chain;
1223 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1224 {
1225 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1226 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1227 return label_chain;
1228 #endif
1229 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1230 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1231 return label_chain;
1232 #endif
1233 }
1234
1235 return NULL;
1236 }
1237
1238 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1239 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1240
1241 void
1242 pa_define_label (symbol)
1243 symbolS *symbol;
1244 {
1245 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1246
1247 if (label_chain)
1248 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1249 else
1250 {
1251 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1252 label_chain
1253 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1254 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1255 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1256 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1257 #endif
1258 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1259 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1260 #endif
1261 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1262
1263 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1264 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1265
1266 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1267 }
1268 }
1269
1270 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1271 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1272
1273 static void
1274 pa_undefine_label ()
1275 {
1276 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1277 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1278
1279 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1280 label_chain;
1281 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1282 {
1283 if (1
1284 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1285 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1286 #endif
1287 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1288 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1289 #endif
1290 )
1291 {
1292 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1293 if (prev_label_chain)
1294 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1295 else
1296 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1297
1298 free (label_chain);
1299 break;
1300 }
1301 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1302 }
1303 }
1304
1305 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1306 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1307 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1308 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1309 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1310 tc_fix_data field. */
1311
1312 static void
1313 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1314 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1315 fragS *frag;
1316 int where;
1317 int size;
1318 symbolS *add_symbol;
1319 offsetT offset;
1320 expressionS *exp;
1321 int pcrel;
1322 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1323 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1324 int r_format;
1325 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1326 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1327 {
1328 fixS *new_fix;
1329
1330 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1331 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1332
1333 if (exp != NULL)
1334 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1335 else
1336 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1337 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1338 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1339 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1340 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1341 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1342 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1343 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1344 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1345 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1346 #endif
1347
1348 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1349 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1350 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1351 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1352 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1353 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1354 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1355 }
1356
1357 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1358 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1359
1360 void
1361 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1362 expressionS *exp;
1363 {
1364 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1365 expression (exp);
1366 }
1367
1368 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1369 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1370
1371 void
1372 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1373 fragS *frag;
1374 int where;
1375 int size;
1376 expressionS *exp;
1377 {
1378 unsigned int rel_type;
1379
1380 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1381 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1382 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1383 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1384 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1385 else
1386 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1387
1388 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1389 {
1390 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1391 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1392 }
1393
1394 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1395 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1396 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1397
1398 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1399 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1400 }
1401
1402 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1403 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1404
1405 void
1406 md_begin ()
1407 {
1408 const char *retval = NULL;
1409 int lose = 0;
1410 unsigned int i = 0;
1411
1412 last_call_info = NULL;
1413 call_info_root = NULL;
1414
1415 /* Set the default machine type. */
1416 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1417 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1418
1419 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1420 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1421 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1422 {
1423 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1424 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1425 }
1426
1427 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1428 pa_spaces_begin ();
1429 #endif
1430
1431 op_hash = hash_new ();
1432
1433 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1434 {
1435 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1436 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1437 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1438 {
1439 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1440 lose = 1;
1441 }
1442 do
1443 {
1444 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1445 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1446 {
1447 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1448 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1449 lose = 1;
1450 }
1451 ++i;
1452 }
1453 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1454 }
1455
1456 if (lose)
1457 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1458
1459 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1460 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1461 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1462 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1463 #endif
1464
1465 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1466 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1467 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1468 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1469 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1470 #endif
1471 }
1472
1473 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1474 void
1475 md_assemble (str)
1476 char *str;
1477 {
1478 char *to;
1479
1480 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1481 assert (str);
1482
1483 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1484 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1485 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1486
1487 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1488 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1489 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1490 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1491 {
1492 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1493
1494 if (label_symbol)
1495 {
1496 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1497 {
1498 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1499 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1500 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1501 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1502 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1503 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1504 if (within_entry_exit)
1505 {
1506 char *where;
1507 unsigned int u;
1508
1509 where = frag_more (0);
1510 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1511 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1512 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1513 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1514 }
1515 #endif
1516 }
1517 else
1518 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1519 }
1520 else
1521 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1522 }
1523
1524 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1525 pa_ip (str);
1526
1527 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1528 to = frag_more (4);
1529
1530 /* Output the opcode. */
1531 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1532
1533 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1534 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1535 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1536 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1537 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1538 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1539
1540 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1541 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1542 #endif
1543 }
1544
1545 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1546 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1547
1548 static void
1549 pa_ip (str)
1550 char *str;
1551 {
1552 char *error_message = "";
1553 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1554 const char *args;
1555 int match = FALSE;
1556 int comma = 0;
1557 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1558 unsigned long opcode;
1559 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1560
1561 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1562 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1563 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1564 #endif
1565
1566 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1567 case. */
1568 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1569 if (isupper (*s))
1570 *s = tolower (*s);
1571
1572 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1573 for (s = str; isupper (*s) || islower (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); ++s)
1574 ;
1575
1576 switch (*s)
1577 {
1578
1579 case '\0':
1580 break;
1581
1582 case ',':
1583 comma = 1;
1584
1585 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1586
1587 case ' ':
1588 *s++ = '\0';
1589 break;
1590
1591 default:
1592 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1593 }
1594
1595 save_s = str;
1596
1597 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1598 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1599 {
1600 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1601 return;
1602 }
1603
1604 if (comma)
1605 {
1606 *--s = ',';
1607 }
1608
1609 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1610 start processing them. */
1611 argstart = s;
1612 for (;;)
1613 {
1614 /* Do some initialization. */
1615 opcode = insn->match;
1616 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1617 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1618
1619 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1620
1621 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1622 then set a new architecture. */
1623 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1624 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1625 if (insn->arch < 20
1626 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1627 {
1628 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1629 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1630 }
1631 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1632 {
1633 match = FALSE;
1634 goto failed;
1635 }
1636
1637 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1638 sure that the operands match. */
1639 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1640 {
1641 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1642 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1643 s++;
1644
1645 switch (*args)
1646 {
1647
1648 /* End of arguments. */
1649 case '\0':
1650 if (*s == '\0')
1651 match = TRUE;
1652 break;
1653
1654 case '+':
1655 if (*s == '+')
1656 {
1657 ++s;
1658 continue;
1659 }
1660 if (*s == '-')
1661 continue;
1662 break;
1663
1664 /* These must match exactly. */
1665 case '(':
1666 case ')':
1667 case ',':
1668 case ' ':
1669 if (*s++ == *args)
1670 continue;
1671 break;
1672
1673 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1674 case 'b':
1675 case '^':
1676 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1677 break;
1678 num = pa_number;
1679 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1680 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1681
1682 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1683 is there. */
1684 case '!':
1685 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1686 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1687 s = s + 1;
1688
1689 if (!strncasecmp(s, "%sar", 4))
1690 {
1691 s += 4;
1692 continue;
1693 }
1694 else if (!strncasecmp(s, "%cr11", 5))
1695 {
1696 s += 5;
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 break;
1700
1701 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1702 case 'x':
1703 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1704 break;
1705 num = pa_number;
1706 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1707 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1708
1709 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1710 case 't':
1711 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1712 break;
1713 num = pa_number;
1714 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1715 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1716
1717 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1718 case 'a':
1719 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1720 break;
1721 num = pa_number;
1722 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1723 opcode |= num << 16;
1724 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1725
1726 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1727 case 'T':
1728 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1729 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1730 break;
1731 s = expr_end;
1732 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1734
1735 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1736 case '5':
1737 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1738 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1739 break;
1740 s = expr_end;
1741 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1742 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1743 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1744 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1745 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1746
1747 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1748 case 'V':
1749 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1750 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1751 break;
1752 s = expr_end;
1753 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1754 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1755 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1756 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1757 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1758
1759 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1760 case 'r':
1761 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1762 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1763 break;
1764 s = expr_end;
1765 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1766 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1767
1768 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1769 case 'R':
1770 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1771 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1772 break;
1773 s = expr_end;
1774 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1775 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1776
1777 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1778 case 'U':
1779 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1780 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1781 break;
1782 s = expr_end;
1783 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1784 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1785
1786 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1787 case 's':
1788 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1789 break;
1790 num = pa_number;
1791 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1792 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1793
1794 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1795 case 'S':
1796 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1797 break;
1798 num = pa_number;
1799 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1800 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1801 continue;
1802
1803 /* Handle all completers. */
1804 case 'c':
1805 switch (*++args)
1806 {
1807
1808 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1809 case 'x':
1810 {
1811 int uu = 0;
1812 int m = 0;
1813 int i = 0;
1814 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1815 {
1816 s++;
1817 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1818 {
1819 uu = 1;
1820 m = 1;
1821 s++;
1822 i++;
1823 }
1824 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1825 m = 1;
1826 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1827 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1828 uu = 1;
1829 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1830 else if (strict)
1831 {
1832 s--;
1833 break;
1834 }
1835 else
1836 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1837 s++;
1838 i++;
1839 }
1840 if (i > 2)
1841 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1842 opcode |= m << 5;
1843 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1844 }
1845
1846 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1847 case 'm':
1848 case 'q':
1849 case 'J':
1850 case 'e':
1851 {
1852 int a = 0;
1853 int m = 0;
1854 if (*s == ',')
1855 {
1856 int found = 0;
1857 s++;
1858 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1859 {
1860 a = 0;
1861 m = 1;
1862 found = 1;
1863 }
1864 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1865 {
1866 a = 1;
1867 m = 1;
1868 found = 1;
1869 }
1870
1871 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1872 if (!found && strict)
1873 s--;
1874 else
1875 {
1876 if (!found)
1877 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1878 s += 2;
1879 }
1880 }
1881 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1882 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1883 else if (*args == 'e')
1884 break;
1885
1886 /* 'J', 'm' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1887 encode the before/after field. */
1888 if (*args == 'm')
1889 {
1890 opcode |= m << 5;
1891 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1892 }
1893 else if (*args == 'q')
1894 {
1895 opcode |= m << 3;
1896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1897 }
1898 else if (*args == 'J')
1899 {
1900 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1901 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1902 }
1903 else if (*args == 'e')
1904 {
1905 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1906 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1907 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1908 opcode |= a;
1909 continue;
1910 }
1911 }
1912
1913 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1914 case 's':
1915 {
1916 int a = 0;
1917 int m = 0;
1918 int i = 0;
1919 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1920 {
1921 s++;
1922 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1923 m = 1;
1924 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1925 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1926 a = 0;
1927 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1928 a = 1;
1929 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1930 else if (strict)
1931 {
1932 s--;
1933 break;
1934 }
1935 else
1936 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1937 s++;
1938 i++;
1939 }
1940 if (i > 2)
1941 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1942 opcode |= m << 5;
1943 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1944 }
1945
1946 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1947 case 'c':
1948 cmpltr = 0;
1949 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1950 {
1951 s += 3;
1952 cmpltr = 2;
1953 }
1954 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1955
1956 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1957 case 'C':
1958 cmpltr = 0;
1959 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1960 {
1961 s += 3;
1962 cmpltr = 2;
1963 }
1964 else if (!strncmp(s, ",bc", 3))
1965 {
1966 s += 3;
1967 cmpltr = 1;
1968 }
1969 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1970
1971 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1972 case 'd':
1973 cmpltr = 0;
1974 if (!strncmp(s, ",co", 3))
1975 {
1976 s += 3;
1977 cmpltr = 1;
1978 }
1979 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1980
1981 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1982 case 'o':
1983 if (strncmp(s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1984 break;
1985 s += 2;
1986 continue;
1987
1988 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1989 case 'g':
1990 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1991 break;
1992 s += 5;
1993 continue;
1994
1995 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
1996 case 'p':
1997 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
1998 break;
1999 s += 7;
2000 continue;
2001
2002 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2003 case 'l':
2004 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2005 break;
2006 s += 2;
2007 continue;
2008
2009 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2010 case 'P':
2011 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2012 break;
2013 s += 4;
2014 continue;
2015
2016 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2017 case 'L':
2018 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2019 break;
2020 s += 2;
2021 continue;
2022
2023 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2024 case 'w':
2025 flag = 0;
2026 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2027 {
2028 flag = 1;
2029 s += 2;
2030 }
2031 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2032 {
2033 flag = 0;
2034 s += 2;
2035 }
2036
2037 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2038
2039 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2040 case 'W':
2041 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2042 break;
2043 s += 2;
2044 continue;
2045
2046 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2047 case 'r':
2048 flag = 0;
2049 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2050 {
2051 flag = 5;
2052 s += 2;
2053 }
2054
2055 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2056
2057 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2058 case 'Z':
2059 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2060 {
2061 flag = 1;
2062 s += 2;
2063 }
2064 else
2065 flag = 0;
2066
2067 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2068
2069 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2070 case 'i':
2071 flag = 0;
2072 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2073 {
2074 flag = 1;
2075 s += 2;
2076 }
2077
2078 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2079
2080 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2081 case 'z':
2082 flag = 1;
2083 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2084 {
2085 flag = 0;
2086 s += 2;
2087 }
2088
2089 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2090
2091 /* Handle add completer. */
2092 case 'a':
2093 flag = 1;
2094 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2095 {
2096 flag = 2;
2097 s += 2;
2098 }
2099 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2100 {
2101 flag = 3;
2102 s += 4;
2103 }
2104
2105 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2106
2107 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2108 case 'Y':
2109 flag = 0;
2110 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2111 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2112 {
2113 flag = 1;
2114 s += 7;
2115 }
2116 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2117 {
2118 flag = 0;
2119 s += 3;
2120 }
2121 else
2122 break;
2123
2124 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2125
2126 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2127 case 'y':
2128 flag = 0;
2129 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2130 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2131 {
2132 flag = 1;
2133 s += 6;
2134 }
2135 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2136 {
2137 flag = 0;
2138 s += 2;
2139 }
2140 else
2141 break;
2142
2143 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2144
2145 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2146 case 'v':
2147 flag = 0;
2148 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2149 {
2150 flag = 1;
2151 s += 4;
2152 }
2153
2154 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2155
2156 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2157 case 't':
2158 flag = 0;
2159 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2160 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2161 {
2162 flag = 1;
2163 s += 7;
2164 }
2165 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2166 {
2167 flag = 0;
2168 s += 3;
2169 }
2170 else
2171 break;
2172
2173 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2174
2175 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2176 case 'B':
2177 flag = 0;
2178 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2179 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2180 {
2181 flag = 1;
2182 s += 7;
2183 }
2184 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2185 {
2186 flag = 0;
2187 s += 3;
2188 }
2189 else
2190 break;
2191
2192 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2193
2194 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2195 case 'b':
2196 flag = 0;
2197 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2198 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2199 {
2200 flag = 1;
2201 s += 6;
2202 }
2203 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2204 {
2205 flag = 0;
2206 s += 2;
2207 }
2208 else
2209 break;
2210
2211 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2212
2213 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2214 case 'T':
2215 flag = 0;
2216 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2217 {
2218 flag = 1;
2219 s += 3;
2220 }
2221
2222 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2223
2224 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2225 case 'S':
2226 {
2227 int sign = 1;
2228 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2229 {
2230 sign = 1;
2231 s += 2;
2232 }
2233 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2234 {
2235 sign = 0;
2236 s += 2;
2237 }
2238
2239 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2240 }
2241
2242 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2243 case 'h':
2244 if (*s++ == ',')
2245 {
2246 int lr = 0;
2247 if (*s == 'r')
2248 lr = 2;
2249 else if (*s == 'l')
2250 lr = 0;
2251 else
2252 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2253
2254 s++;
2255 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2256 }
2257 else
2258 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2259 break;
2260
2261 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2262 case 'H':
2263 {
2264 int sat = 3;
2265 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2266 {
2267 sat = 1;
2268 s += 3;
2269 }
2270 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2271 {
2272 sat = 0;
2273 s += 3;
2274 }
2275
2276 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2277 }
2278
2279 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2280 case '*':
2281 if (*s++ == ',')
2282 {
2283 int permloc[4];
2284 int perm = 0;
2285 int i = 0;
2286 permloc[0] = 13;
2287 permloc[1] = 10;
2288 permloc[2] = 8;
2289 permloc[3] = 6;
2290 for (; i < 4; i++)
2291 {
2292 switch (*s++)
2293 {
2294 case '0':
2295 perm = 0;
2296 break;
2297 case '1':
2298 perm = 1;
2299 break;
2300 case '2':
2301 perm = 2;
2302 break;
2303 case '3':
2304 perm = 3;
2305 break;
2306 default:
2307 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2308 }
2309 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2310 }
2311 continue;
2312 }
2313 else
2314 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2315 break;
2316
2317 default:
2318 abort ();
2319 }
2320 break;
2321
2322 /* Handle all conditions. */
2323 case '?':
2324 {
2325 args++;
2326 switch (*args)
2327 {
2328 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2329 case 'f':
2330 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2331 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2332
2333 /* Handle an add condition. */
2334 case 'A':
2335 case 'a':
2336 cmpltr = 0;
2337 flag = 0;
2338 if (*s == ',')
2339 {
2340 s++;
2341
2342 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2343 if (*args == 'A')
2344 {
2345 if (*s == '*')
2346 s++;
2347 else
2348 break;
2349 }
2350 else if (*s == '*')
2351 break;
2352 name = s;
2353
2354 name = s;
2355 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2356 s += 1;
2357 c = *s;
2358 *s = 0x00;
2359 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2360 cmpltr = 1;
2361 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2362 cmpltr = 2;
2363 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2364 cmpltr = 3;
2365 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2366 cmpltr = 4;
2367 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2368 cmpltr = 5;
2369 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2370 cmpltr = 6;
2371 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2372 cmpltr = 7;
2373 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2374 {
2375 cmpltr = 0;
2376 flag = 1;
2377 }
2378 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2379 {
2380 cmpltr = 1;
2381 flag = 1;
2382 }
2383 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2384 {
2385 cmpltr = 2;
2386 flag = 1;
2387 }
2388 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2389 {
2390 cmpltr = 3;
2391 flag = 1;
2392 }
2393 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2394 {
2395 cmpltr = 4;
2396 flag = 1;
2397 }
2398 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2399 {
2400 cmpltr = 5;
2401 flag = 1;
2402 }
2403 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2404 {
2405 cmpltr = 6;
2406 flag = 1;
2407 }
2408 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2409 {
2410 cmpltr = 7;
2411 flag = 1;
2412 }
2413 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2414 else if (*args == 'a')
2415 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2416 *s = c;
2417 }
2418 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2419 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2420
2421 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2422 case 'd':
2423 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2424 if (cmpltr < 0)
2425 {
2426 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2427 cmpltr = 0;
2428 }
2429 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2430
2431 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2432 case 'W':
2433 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2434 if (cmpltr < 0)
2435 {
2436 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2437 cmpltr = 0;
2438 }
2439 else
2440 {
2441 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2442 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2443 }
2444 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2445
2446 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2447 condition. */
2448 case '@':
2449 save_s = s;
2450 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2451 if (cmpltr < 0)
2452 {
2453 s = save_s;
2454 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2455 if (cmpltr < 0)
2456 {
2457 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2458 cmpltr = 0;
2459 }
2460 else
2461 {
2462 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2463 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2464 }
2465 }
2466 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2467
2468 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2469 case 'B':
2470 case 'b':
2471 cmpltr = 0;
2472 if (*s == ',')
2473 {
2474 s++;
2475
2476 if (*args == 'B')
2477 {
2478 if (*s == '*')
2479 s++;
2480 else
2481 break;
2482 }
2483 else if (*s == '*')
2484 break;
2485
2486 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2487 {
2488 cmpltr = 0;
2489 s++;
2490 }
2491 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2492 {
2493 cmpltr = 1;
2494 s += 2;
2495 }
2496 else
2497 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2498 }
2499 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2500
2501 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2502 case 'S':
2503 case 's':
2504 cmpltr = 0;
2505 flag = 0;
2506 if (*s == ',')
2507 {
2508 s++;
2509
2510 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2511 if (*args == 'S')
2512 {
2513 if (*s == '*')
2514 s++;
2515 else
2516 break;
2517 }
2518 else if (*s == '*')
2519 break;
2520 name = s;
2521
2522 name = s;
2523 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2524 s += 1;
2525 c = *s;
2526 *s = 0x00;
2527 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2528 cmpltr = 1;
2529 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2530 cmpltr = 2;
2531 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2532 cmpltr = 3;
2533 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2534 cmpltr = 4;
2535 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2536 cmpltr = 5;
2537 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2538 cmpltr = 6;
2539 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2540 cmpltr = 7;
2541 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2542 {
2543 cmpltr = 0;
2544 flag = 1;
2545 }
2546 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2547 {
2548 cmpltr = 1;
2549 flag = 1;
2550 }
2551 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2552 {
2553 cmpltr = 2;
2554 flag = 1;
2555 }
2556 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2557 {
2558 cmpltr = 3;
2559 flag = 1;
2560 }
2561 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2562 {
2563 cmpltr = 4;
2564 flag = 1;
2565 }
2566 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2567 {
2568 cmpltr = 5;
2569 flag = 1;
2570 }
2571 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2572 {
2573 cmpltr = 6;
2574 flag = 1;
2575 }
2576 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2577 {
2578 cmpltr = 7;
2579 flag = 1;
2580 }
2581 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2582 else if (*args != 'S')
2583 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2584 name);
2585 *s = c;
2586 }
2587 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2588 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2589
2590 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2591 case 't':
2592 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2593 if (cmpltr < 0)
2594 {
2595 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %c"), *s);
2596 cmpltr = 0;
2597 }
2598 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2599
2600 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2601 case 'n':
2602 save_s = s;
2603 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2604 if (cmpltr < 0)
2605 {
2606 s = save_s;
2607 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2608 if (cmpltr < 0)
2609 {
2610 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition."));
2611 cmpltr = 0;
2612 }
2613 else
2614 {
2615 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2616 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2617 }
2618 }
2619
2620 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2621
2622 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2623 case 'N':
2624 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2625 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2626 {
2627 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2628 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2629 }
2630 else
2631 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2632 break;
2633
2634 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2635
2636 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2637 case 'Q':
2638 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2639 if (cmpltr < 0)
2640 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2641 break;
2642
2643 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2644
2645 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2646 case 'L':
2647 case 'l':
2648 cmpltr = 0;
2649 flag = 0;
2650 if (*s == ',')
2651 {
2652 s++;
2653
2654 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2655 if (*args == 'L')
2656 {
2657 if (*s == '*')
2658 s++;
2659 else
2660 break;
2661 }
2662 else if (*s == '*')
2663 break;
2664
2665 name = s;
2666 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2667 s += 1;
2668 c = *s;
2669 *s = 0x00;
2670
2671 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2672 cmpltr = 1;
2673 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2674 cmpltr = 2;
2675 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2676 cmpltr = 3;
2677 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2678 cmpltr = 7;
2679 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2680 {
2681 cmpltr = 0;
2682 flag = 1;
2683 }
2684 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2685 {
2686 cmpltr = 1;
2687 flag = 1;
2688 }
2689 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2690 {
2691 cmpltr = 2;
2692 flag = 1;
2693 }
2694 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2695 {
2696 cmpltr = 3;
2697 flag = 1;
2698 }
2699 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2700 {
2701 cmpltr = 7;
2702 flag = 1;
2703 }
2704 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2705 else if (*args != 'L')
2706 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2707 *s = c;
2708 }
2709 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2710 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2711
2712 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2713 case 'X':
2714 case 'x':
2715 case 'y':
2716 cmpltr = 0;
2717 if (*s == ',')
2718 {
2719 save_s = s++;
2720
2721 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2722 if (*args == 'X')
2723 {
2724 if (*s == '*')
2725 s++;
2726 else
2727 break;
2728 }
2729 else if (*s == '*')
2730 break;
2731
2732 name = s;
2733 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2734 s += 1;
2735 c = *s;
2736 *s = 0x00;
2737 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2738 cmpltr = 1;
2739 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2740 cmpltr = 2;
2741 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2742 cmpltr = 3;
2743 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2744 cmpltr = 4;
2745 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2746 cmpltr = 5;
2747 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2748 cmpltr = 6;
2749 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2750 cmpltr = 7;
2751 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2752 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2753 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2754 {
2755 *s = c;
2756 s = save_s;
2757 continue;
2758 }
2759 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2760 else if (*args != 'X')
2761 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2762 *s = c;
2763 }
2764 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2765
2766 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2767 case 'U':
2768 case 'u':
2769 cmpltr = 0;
2770 flag = 0;
2771 if (*s == ',')
2772 {
2773 s++;
2774
2775 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2776 if (*args == 'U')
2777 {
2778 if (*s == '*')
2779 s++;
2780 else
2781 break;
2782 }
2783 else if (*s == '*')
2784 break;
2785
2786 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2787 {
2788 cmpltr = 2;
2789 s += 3;
2790 }
2791 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2792 {
2793 cmpltr = 3;
2794 s += 3;
2795 }
2796 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2797 {
2798 cmpltr = 4;
2799 s += 3;
2800 }
2801 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2802 {
2803 cmpltr = 6;
2804 s += 3;
2805 }
2806 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2807 {
2808 cmpltr = 7;
2809 s += 3;
2810 }
2811 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2812 {
2813 cmpltr = 0;
2814 flag = 1;
2815 s += 2;
2816 }
2817 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2818 {
2819 cmpltr = 2;
2820 flag = 1;
2821 s += 3;
2822 }
2823 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2824 {
2825 cmpltr = 3;
2826 flag = 1;
2827 s += 3;
2828 }
2829 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2830 {
2831 cmpltr = 4;
2832 flag = 1;
2833 s += 3;
2834 }
2835 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2836 {
2837 cmpltr = 6;
2838 flag = 1;
2839 s += 3;
2840 }
2841 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2842 {
2843 cmpltr = 7;
2844 flag = 1;
2845 s += 3;
2846 }
2847 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2848 {
2849 cmpltr = 1;
2850 flag = 0;
2851 s += 3;
2852 }
2853 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2854 {
2855 cmpltr = 5;
2856 flag = 0;
2857 s += 3;
2858 }
2859 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2860 {
2861 cmpltr = 1;
2862 flag = 1;
2863 s += 3;
2864 }
2865 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2866 {
2867 cmpltr = 5;
2868 flag = 1;
2869 s += 3;
2870 }
2871 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2872 else if (*args != 'U')
2873 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2874 }
2875 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2876 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2877
2878 default:
2879 abort ();
2880 }
2881 break;
2882 }
2883
2884 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2885 case 'n':
2886 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2887 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2888
2889 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2890 case 'N':
2891 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2892 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2893
2894 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2895 case 'L':
2896 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2897 s += 4;
2898 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2899 s += 4;
2900 else
2901 break;
2902 continue;
2903
2904 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2905 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2906 case 'h':
2907 get_expression (s);
2908 s = expr_end;
2909 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2910 {
2911 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2912 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2913 num++;
2914 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2915 }
2916 else
2917 break;
2918
2919 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2920 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2921 case 'm':
2922 get_expression (s);
2923 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2924 {
2925 s = expr_end;
2926 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2927 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2928 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2929 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2930 }
2931 else
2932 break;
2933
2934 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2935 case '=':
2936 {
2937 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2938 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2939 }
2940
2941 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2942 case 'i':
2943 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2944 get_expression (s);
2945 s = expr_end;
2946 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2947 {
2948 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2949 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2950 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2951 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2952 }
2953 else
2954 {
2955 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2956 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2957 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2958 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2959 else
2960 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2961 the_insn.format = 11;
2962 continue;
2963 }
2964
2965 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2966 case 'J':
2967 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2968 get_expression (s);
2969 s = expr_end;
2970 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2971 {
2972 int mb;
2973
2974 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2975 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2976 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2977 good to rethink this. */
2978 mb = opcode & 1;
2979 opcode -= mb;
2980 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2981 if (mb != (num < 0))
2982 break;
2983 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2984 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2985 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2986 }
2987 break;
2988
2989 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2990 case 'K':
2991 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2992 get_expression (s);
2993 s = expr_end;
2994 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2995 {
2996 int mb;
2997
2998 mb = opcode & 1;
2999 opcode -= mb;
3000 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3001 if (mb == (num < 0))
3002 break;
3003 if (num % 4)
3004 break;
3005 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3006 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3007 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3008 }
3009 break;
3010
3011 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3012 case '<':
3013 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3014 get_expression (s);
3015 s = expr_end;
3016 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3017 {
3018 int mb;
3019
3020 mb = opcode & 1;
3021 opcode -= mb;
3022 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3023 if (mb != (num < 0))
3024 break;
3025 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3026 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3027 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3028 }
3029 break;
3030
3031 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3032 case '>':
3033 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3034 get_expression (s);
3035 s = expr_end;
3036 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3037 {
3038 int mb;
3039
3040 mb = opcode & 1;
3041 opcode -= mb;
3042 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3043 if (mb == (num < 0))
3044 break;
3045 if (num % 4)
3046 break;
3047 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3048 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3049 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3050 }
3051 break;
3052
3053 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3054 case '#':
3055 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3056 get_expression (s);
3057 s = expr_end;
3058 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3059 {
3060 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3061 if (num & 0x7)
3062 break;
3063 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3064 if (num < 0)
3065 opcode |= 1;
3066 num &= 0x1fff;
3067 num >>= 3;
3068 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3069 }
3070 else
3071 {
3072 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3073 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3074 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3075 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3076 else
3077 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3078 the_insn.format = 14;
3079 continue;
3080 }
3081 break;
3082
3083 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3084 case 'd':
3085 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3086 get_expression (s);
3087 s = expr_end;
3088 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3089 {
3090 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3091 if (num & 0x3)
3092 break;
3093 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3094 if (num < 0)
3095 opcode |= 1;
3096 num &= 0x1fff;
3097 num >>= 2;
3098 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3099 }
3100 else
3101 {
3102 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3103 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3104 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3105 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3106 else
3107 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3108 the_insn.format = 14;
3109 continue;
3110 }
3111
3112 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3113 case 'j':
3114 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3115 get_expression (s);
3116 s = expr_end;
3117 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3118 {
3119 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3120 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3121 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3122 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3123 }
3124 else
3125 {
3126 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3127 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3128 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3129 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3130 else
3131 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3132 the_insn.format = 14;
3133 continue;
3134 }
3135
3136 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3137 case 'k':
3138 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3139 get_expression (s);
3140 s = expr_end;
3141 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3142 {
3143 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3144 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3145 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3146 continue;
3147 }
3148 else
3149 {
3150 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3151 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3152 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3153 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3154 else
3155 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3156 the_insn.format = 21;
3157 continue;
3158 }
3159
3160 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3161 case 'l':
3162 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3163 get_expression (s);
3164 s = expr_end;
3165 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3166 {
3167 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3168 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3169 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3170 continue;
3171 }
3172 else
3173 {
3174 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3175 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3176 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3177 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3178 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3179 else
3180 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3181 the_insn.format = 14;
3182 continue;
3183 }
3184
3185 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3186 case 'y':
3187 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3188 get_expression (s);
3189 s = expr_end;
3190 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3191 {
3192 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3193 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3194 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3195 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3196 continue;
3197 }
3198 else
3199 {
3200 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3201 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3202 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3203 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3204 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3205 else
3206 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3207 the_insn.format = 14;
3208 continue;
3209 }
3210
3211 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3212 case '&':
3213 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3214 get_expression (s);
3215 s = expr_end;
3216 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3217 {
3218 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3219 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3220 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3221 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3222 continue;
3223 }
3224 else
3225 {
3226 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3227 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3228 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3229 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3230 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3231 else
3232 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3233 the_insn.format = 14;
3234 continue;
3235 }
3236
3237 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3238 case 'w':
3239 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3240 get_expression (s);
3241 s = expr_end;
3242 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3243 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3244 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3245 "L$0\001"))
3246 {
3247 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3248 if (num % 4)
3249 {
3250 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3251 break;
3252 }
3253 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3254 num -= 8;
3255 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3256 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3257 continue;
3258 }
3259 else
3260 {
3261 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3262 the_insn.format = 12;
3263 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3264 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3265 s = expr_end;
3266 continue;
3267 }
3268
3269 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3270 case 'W':
3271 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3272 get_expression (s);
3273 s = expr_end;
3274 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3275 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3276 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3277 "L$0\001"))
3278 {
3279 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3280 if (num % 4)
3281 {
3282 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3283 break;
3284 }
3285 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3286 num -= 8;
3287 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3288 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3289 continue;
3290 }
3291 else
3292 {
3293 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3294 the_insn.format = 17;
3295 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3296 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3297 continue;
3298 }
3299
3300 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3301 case 'X':
3302 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3303 get_expression (s);
3304 s = expr_end;
3305 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3306 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3307 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3308 "L$0\001"))
3309 {
3310 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3311 if (num % 4)
3312 {
3313 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3314 break;
3315 }
3316 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3317 num -= 8;
3318 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3319 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3320 }
3321 else
3322 {
3323 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3324 the_insn.format = 22;
3325 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3326 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3327 continue;
3328 }
3329
3330 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3331 case 'z':
3332 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3333 get_expression (s);
3334 s = expr_end;
3335 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3336 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3337 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3338 "L$0\001"))
3339 {
3340 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3341 if (num % 4)
3342 {
3343 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3344 break;
3345 }
3346 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3347 num -= 8;
3348 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3349 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3350 continue;
3351 }
3352 else
3353 {
3354 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3355 the_insn.format = 17;
3356 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3357 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3358 continue;
3359 }
3360
3361 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3362 case 'Z':
3363 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3364 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3365 {
3366 s += 4;
3367 continue;
3368 }
3369 else
3370 break;
3371
3372 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3373 case 'Y':
3374 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3375 break;
3376 s += 9;
3377 continue;
3378
3379 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3380 case '@':
3381 if (*s != '0')
3382 break;
3383 s++;
3384 continue;
3385
3386 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3387 case '.':
3388 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3389 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3390 break;
3391 s = expr_end;
3392 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3393 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3394
3395 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3396 case '*':
3397 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3398 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3399 break;
3400 s = expr_end;
3401 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3402 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3403
3404 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3405 case 'p':
3406 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3407 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3408 break;
3409 s = expr_end;
3410 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3412
3413 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3414 case '~':
3415 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3416 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3417 break;
3418 s = expr_end;
3419 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3420 num = 63 - num;
3421 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3423
3424 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3425 case '%':
3426 flag = 0;
3427 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3428 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3429 break;
3430 s = expr_end;
3431 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3432 num--;
3433 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3434 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3435 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3436
3437 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3438 case '|':
3439 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3440 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3441 break;
3442 s = expr_end;
3443 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3444 num--;
3445 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3446 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3447 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3448
3449 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3450 case 'P':
3451 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3452 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3453 break;
3454 s = expr_end;
3455 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3456 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3457
3458 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3459 case 'q':
3460 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3461 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3462 break;
3463 s = expr_end;
3464 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3465 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3466 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3467
3468 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3469 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3470 case 'B':
3471 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3472 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3473 break;
3474 s = expr_end;
3475 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3476 if (num & 0x20)
3477 ;
3478 else
3479 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3480 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3481
3482 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3483 case 'Q':
3484 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3485 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3486 break;
3487 s = expr_end;
3488 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3489 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3490
3491 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3492 case '$':
3493 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3494 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3495 break;
3496 s = expr_end;
3497 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3498 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3499
3500 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3501 case 'A':
3502 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3503 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3504 break;
3505 s = expr_end;
3506 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3507 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3508
3509 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3510 case 'D':
3511 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3512 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3513 break;
3514 s = expr_end;
3515 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3516 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3517
3518 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3519 case 'v':
3520 if (*s++ != ',')
3521 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3522 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3523 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3524 break;
3525 s = expr_end;
3526 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3527 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3528
3529 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3530 case 'O':
3531 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3532 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3533 break;
3534 s = expr_end;
3535 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3536 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3537 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3538
3539 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3540 case 'o':
3541 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3542 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3543 break;
3544 s = expr_end;
3545 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3546 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3547
3548 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3549 case '0':
3550 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3551 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3552 break;
3553 s = expr_end;
3554 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3555 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3556 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3557
3558 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3559 case '1':
3560 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3561 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3562 break;
3563 s = expr_end;
3564 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3565 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3566 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3567
3568 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3569 case 'u':
3570 if (*s++ != ',')
3571 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3572 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3573 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3574 break;
3575 s = expr_end;
3576 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3577 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3578
3579 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3580 case '2':
3581 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3582 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3583 break;
3584 s = expr_end;
3585 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3586 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3588
3589 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3590 case '{':
3591 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3592 {
3593 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3594 s += 2;
3595 }
3596 else
3597 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3598 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3599 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3600 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3601 flag = SGL;
3602 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3603 flag = DBL;
3604 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3605 flag = QUAD;
3606 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3607
3608 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3609 case '_':
3610 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3611 s--;
3612 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3613 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3614 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3615 flag = SGL;
3616 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3617 flag = DBL;
3618 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3619 flag = QUAD;
3620 opcode |= flag << 13;
3621 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3622 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3623 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3624 {
3625 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3626 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3627 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3628 flag = 0;
3629 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3630 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3631 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3632 flag = 2;
3633 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3634 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3635 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3636 flag = 6;
3637 else
3638 abort ();
3639 }
3640 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3641 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3642 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3643 {
3644 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3645 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3646 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3647 flag = 1;
3648 else
3649 abort ();
3650 }
3651 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3652 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3653 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3654 {
3655 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3656 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3657 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3658 flag = 5;
3659 else
3660 abort ();
3661 }
3662 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3663 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3664
3665 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3666 case 'F':
3667 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3668 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3669 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3670
3671 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3672 case 'G':
3673 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3674 s--;
3675 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3676 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3678
3679 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3680 case 'I':
3681 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3682 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3683 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3684
3685 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3686 Only allows single and double precision. */
3687 case 'H':
3688 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3689 switch (flag)
3690 {
3691 case SGL:
3692 opcode |= 0x20;
3693 case DBL:
3694 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3695 continue;
3696
3697 case QUAD:
3698 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3699 default:
3700 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3701 }
3702 break;
3703
3704 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3705 case 'f':
3706 switch (*++args)
3707 {
3708 /* Float target register. */
3709 case 't':
3710 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3711 break;
3712 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3713 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3714 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3715
3716 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3717 case 'T':
3718 {
3719 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3720 break;
3721 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3722 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3723 opcode |= num;
3724
3725 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3726 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3727 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3728 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3729 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3730 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3731
3732 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3733 continue;
3734 }
3735
3736 /* Float operand 1. */
3737 case 'a':
3738 {
3739 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3740 break;
3741 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3743 opcode |= num << 21;
3744 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3745 {
3746 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3747 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3748 }
3749 continue;
3750 }
3751
3752 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3753 case 'X':
3754 case 'A':
3755 {
3756 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3757 break;
3758 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3759 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3760 opcode |= num << 21;
3761 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3762 continue;
3763 }
3764
3765 /* Float operand 2. */
3766 case 'b':
3767 {
3768 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3769 break;
3770 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3771 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3772 opcode |= num << 16;
3773 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3774 {
3775 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3776 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3777 }
3778 continue;
3779 }
3780
3781 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3782 case 'B':
3783 {
3784 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3785 break;
3786 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3787 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3788 opcode |= num << 16;
3789 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3790 continue;
3791 }
3792
3793 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3794 case 'C':
3795 {
3796 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3797 break;
3798 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3799 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3800 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3801 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3802 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3803 continue;
3804 }
3805
3806 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3807 case 'i':
3808 {
3809 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3810 break;
3811 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3812 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3813 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3814 {
3815 if (num < 16)
3816 {
3817 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3818 break;
3819 }
3820 num &= 0xF;
3821 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3822 }
3823 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3824 }
3825
3826 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3827 case 'j':
3828 {
3829 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3830 break;
3831 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3832 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3833 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3834 {
3835 if (num < 16)
3836 {
3837 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3838 break;
3839 }
3840 num &= 0xF;
3841 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3842 }
3843 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3844 }
3845
3846 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3847 case 'k':
3848 {
3849 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3850 break;
3851 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3852 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3853 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3854 {
3855 if (num < 16)
3856 {
3857 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3858 break;
3859 }
3860 num &= 0xF;
3861 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3862 }
3863 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3864 }
3865
3866 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3867 case 'l':
3868 {
3869 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3870 break;
3871 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3872 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3873 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3874 {
3875 if (num < 16)
3876 {
3877 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3878 break;
3879 }
3880 num &= 0xF;
3881 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3882 }
3883 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3884 }
3885
3886 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3887 case 'm':
3888 {
3889 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3890 break;
3891 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3892 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3893 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3894 {
3895 if (num < 16)
3896 {
3897 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3898 break;
3899 }
3900 num &= 0xF;
3901 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3902 }
3903 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3904 }
3905
3906 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3907 case 'E':
3908 case 'e':
3909 {
3910 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3911 break;
3912 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3913 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3914 opcode |= num << 16;
3915 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3916 {
3917 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3918 }
3919 continue;
3920 }
3921
3922 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3923 case 'x':
3924 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3925 break;
3926 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3927 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3928 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3929
3930 default:
3931 abort ();
3932 }
3933 break;
3934
3935 default:
3936 abort ();
3937 }
3938 break;
3939 }
3940
3941 failed:
3942 /* Check if the args matched. */
3943 if (match == FALSE)
3944 {
3945 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3946 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3947 {
3948 ++insn;
3949 s = argstart;
3950 continue;
3951 }
3952 else
3953 {
3954 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3955 return;
3956 }
3957 }
3958 break;
3959 }
3960
3961 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3962 }
3963
3964 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3965 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3966 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3967
3968 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3969
3970 char *
3971 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3972 char type;
3973 char *litP;
3974 int *sizeP;
3975 {
3976 int prec;
3977 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3978 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3979 char *t;
3980
3981 switch (type)
3982 {
3983
3984 case 'f':
3985 case 'F':
3986 case 's':
3987 case 'S':
3988 prec = 2;
3989 break;
3990
3991 case 'd':
3992 case 'D':
3993 case 'r':
3994 case 'R':
3995 prec = 4;
3996 break;
3997
3998 case 'x':
3999 case 'X':
4000 prec = 6;
4001 break;
4002
4003 case 'p':
4004 case 'P':
4005 prec = 6;
4006 break;
4007
4008 default:
4009 *sizeP = 0;
4010 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4011 }
4012 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4013 if (t)
4014 input_line_pointer = t;
4015 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4016 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4017 {
4018 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4019 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4020 }
4021 return NULL;
4022 }
4023
4024 /* Write out big-endian. */
4025
4026 void
4027 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4028 char *buf;
4029 valueT val;
4030 int n;
4031 {
4032 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4033 }
4034
4035 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4036 format. */
4037
4038 arelent **
4039 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4040 asection *section;
4041 fixS *fixp;
4042 {
4043 arelent *reloc;
4044 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4045 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4046 arelent **relocs;
4047 reloc_type **codes;
4048 reloc_type code;
4049 int n_relocs;
4050 int i;
4051
4052 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4053 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4054 return &no_relocs;
4055
4056 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4057 assert (section != 0);
4058
4059 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4060
4061 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4062 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4063 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4064 fixp->fx_r_type,
4065 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4066 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4067 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4068 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4069
4070 if (codes == NULL)
4071 {
4072 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4073 abort ();
4074 }
4075
4076 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4077 ;
4078
4079 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4080 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4081 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4082 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4083
4084 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4085
4086 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4087 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4088 {
4089 default:
4090 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4091
4092 code = *codes[0];
4093
4094 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4095 switch (code)
4096 {
4097 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4098 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4099 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4100 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4101 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4102 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4103 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4104 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4105 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4106 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4107
4108 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4109 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4110 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4111 reloc->addend = 0;
4112 break;
4113
4114 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4115 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4116 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4117 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4118 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4119 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4120 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4121 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4122 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4123 fixp->fx_offset);
4124 break;
4125 #endif
4126
4127 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4128 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4129 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4130 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4131 /* Fall thru */
4132
4133 default:
4134 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4135 break;
4136 }
4137
4138 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4139 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4140 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4141 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4142 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4143
4144 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4145 break;
4146 }
4147 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4148
4149 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4150 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4151 {
4152 code = *codes[i];
4153
4154 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4155 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4156 relocs[i]->howto =
4157 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4158 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4159 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4160
4161 switch (code)
4162 {
4163 case R_COMP2:
4164 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4165 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4166 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4167 assert (i == 1);
4168 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4169 relocs[0]->howto =
4170 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4171 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4172 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4173 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4174 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4175 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4176 relocs[1]->howto =
4177 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4178 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4179 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4180 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4181 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4182 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4183 relocs[2]->howto =
4184 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4185 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4186 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4187 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4188 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4189 relocs[3]->howto =
4190 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4191 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4192 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4193 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4194 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4195 relocs[4]->howto =
4196 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4197 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4198 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4199 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4200 goto done;
4201 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4202 case R_ABS_CALL:
4203 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4204 break;
4205
4206 case R_DLT_REL:
4207 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4208 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4209 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4210 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4211 (static link required).
4212
4213 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4214
4215 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4216 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4217 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4218 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4219 break;
4220
4221 case R_N_MODE:
4222 case R_S_MODE:
4223 case R_D_MODE:
4224 case R_R_MODE:
4225 case R_FSEL:
4226 case R_LSEL:
4227 case R_RSEL:
4228 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4229 case R_END_BRTAB:
4230 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4231 case R_N0SEL:
4232 case R_N1SEL:
4233 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4234 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4235 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4236 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4237 break;
4238
4239 case R_END_TRY:
4240 case R_ENTRY:
4241 case R_EXIT:
4242 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4243 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4244 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4245 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4246 break;
4247
4248 default:
4249 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4250 }
4251 }
4252
4253 done:
4254 #endif
4255
4256 return relocs;
4257 }
4258
4259 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4260
4261 void
4262 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4263 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4264 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4265 register fragS *fragP;
4266 {
4267 unsigned int address;
4268
4269 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4270 {
4271 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4272 {
4273 case 0:
4274 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4275 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4276 know (fragP->fr_next);
4277 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4278 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4279 {
4280 fragP->fr_offset =
4281 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4282 - fragP->fr_address
4283 - fragP->fr_fix;
4284 }
4285 else
4286 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4287 break;
4288 }
4289 }
4290 }
4291
4292 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4293
4294 valueT
4295 md_section_align (segment, size)
4296 asection *segment;
4297 valueT size;
4298 {
4299 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4300 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4301
4302 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4303 }
4304
4305 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4306 int
4307 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4308 register fragS *fragP;
4309 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4310 {
4311 int size;
4312
4313 size = 0;
4314
4315 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4316 size++;
4317
4318 return size;
4319 }
4320 \f
4321 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4322 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4323 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4324 # else
4325 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4326 # endif
4327 #else
4328 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4329 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4330 # else
4331 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4332 # endif
4333 #endif
4334
4335 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4336 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4337 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4338 #endif
4339 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4340 };
4341 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4342
4343 int
4344 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4345 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4346 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4347 {
4348 switch (c)
4349 {
4350 default:
4351 return 0;
4352
4353 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4354 case 'V':
4355 print_version_id ();
4356 break;
4357 #endif
4358 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4359 case 'c':
4360 warn_comment = 1;
4361 break;
4362 #endif
4363 }
4364
4365 return 1;
4366 }
4367
4368 void
4369 md_show_usage (stream)
4370 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4371 {
4372 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4373 fprintf (stream, _("\
4374 -Q ignored\n"));
4375 #endif
4376 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4377 fprintf (stream, _("\
4378 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4379 #endif
4380 }
4381 \f
4382 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4383
4384 symbolS *
4385 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4386 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4387 {
4388 return 0;
4389 }
4390
4391 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4392 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4393 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4394 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4395 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4396 #else
4397 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4398 #endif
4399
4400 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4401
4402 int
4403 md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
4404 fixS *fixP;
4405 valueT *valp;
4406 {
4407 unsigned char *buf;
4408 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4409 offsetT new_val;
4410 int insn, val, fmt;
4411
4412 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4413 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4414 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4415 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4416 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4417 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4418 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4419 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4420 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4421 return 1;
4422
4423 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4424 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4425 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4426 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4427 {
4428 fixP->fx_offset = *valp;
4429 return 1;
4430 }
4431 #endif
4432 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4433 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4434 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4435 return 1;
4436 #endif
4437
4438 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4439 with the GAS fixup. */
4440 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4441 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4442 {
4443 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4444 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4445 fixP->fx_r_type);
4446 return 0;
4447 }
4448
4449 buf = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4450 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4451 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4452
4453 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4454 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4455 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4456 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4457 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4458 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4459 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4460 && fmt != 32
4461 #endif
4462 )
4463 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4464 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4465 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4466 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4467 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4468 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4469 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4470 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4471 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4472 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4473 /* This is truly disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4474 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4475 else if (fmt == 32
4476 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4477 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4478 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4479 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4480 #endif
4481 else
4482 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4483
4484 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4485 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4486 && fixP->fx_addsy
4487 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4488 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4489 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4490 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4491 && (*valp - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4492 || (fmt == 17 && *valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4493 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4494 #endif
4495 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4496 && (*valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4497 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4498 #endif
4499 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4500 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4501 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4502 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4503 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4504 {
4505 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4506 }
4507
4508 switch (fmt)
4509 {
4510 case 10:
4511 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4512 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4513 val = new_val;
4514
4515 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4516 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4517 break;
4518 case -11:
4519 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4520 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4521 val = new_val;
4522
4523 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4524 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4525 break;
4526 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4527 case 14:
4528 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4529 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4530 val = new_val;
4531
4532 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4533 break;
4534
4535 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4536 case 21:
4537 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4538 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4539 val = new_val;
4540
4541 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4542 break;
4543
4544 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4545 case 11:
4546 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4547 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4548 val = new_val;
4549
4550 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4551 break;
4552
4553 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4554 case 12:
4555 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4556 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4557 val = new_val - 8;
4558
4559 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4560 break;
4561
4562 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4563 case 17:
4564 {
4565 offsetT distance = *valp;
4566
4567 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4568 range target, then we want to complain. */
4569 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4570 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4571 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4572 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4573
4574 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4575 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4576 val = new_val - 8;
4577
4578 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4579 break;
4580 }
4581
4582 case 22:
4583 {
4584 offsetT distance = *valp;
4585
4586 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4587 range target, then we want to complain. */
4588 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4589 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4590 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4591 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4592
4593 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4594 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4595 val = new_val - 8;
4596
4597 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4598 break;
4599 }
4600
4601 case -10:
4602 val = new_val;
4603 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4604 break;
4605
4606 case -16:
4607 val = new_val;
4608 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4609 break;
4610
4611 case 16:
4612 val = new_val;
4613 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4614 break;
4615
4616 case 32:
4617 insn = new_val;
4618 break;
4619
4620 default:
4621 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4622 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4623 return 0;
4624 }
4625
4626 /* Insert the relocation. */
4627 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4628 return 1;
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4632 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4633
4634 long
4635 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4636 fixS *fixP;
4637 {
4638 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4639 }
4640
4641 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4642 a statement. */
4643
4644 static int
4645 is_end_of_statement ()
4646 {
4647 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4648 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4649 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4650 }
4651
4652 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4653 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4654 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4655
4656 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4657 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4658 returned in `pa_number'.
4659
4660 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4661 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4662 not set.
4663
4664 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4665 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4666
4667 static int
4668 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4669 char **s;
4670 int is_float;
4671 {
4672 int num;
4673 char *name;
4674 char c;
4675 symbolS *sym;
4676 int status;
4677 char *p = *s;
4678 boolean have_prefix;
4679
4680 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4681 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4682 p = p + 1;
4683
4684 pa_number = -1;
4685 have_prefix = 0;
4686 num = 0;
4687 if (!strict && isdigit (*p))
4688 {
4689 /* Looks like a number. */
4690
4691 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4692 {
4693 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4694 p += 2;
4695 while (isdigit (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4696 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4697 {
4698 if (isdigit (*p))
4699 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4700 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4701 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4702 else
4703 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4704 ++p;
4705 }
4706 }
4707 else
4708 {
4709 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4710 while (isdigit (*p))
4711 {
4712 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4713 ++p;
4714 }
4715 }
4716
4717 pa_number = num;
4718
4719 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4720 if (is_float)
4721 {
4722 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4723 if (! (is_float & 2))
4724 {
4725 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4726 {
4727 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4728 ++p;
4729 }
4730 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4731 {
4732 ++p;
4733 }
4734 }
4735 }
4736 }
4737 else if (*p == '%')
4738 {
4739 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4740 have_prefix = 1;
4741 name = p;
4742 p++;
4743 c = *p;
4744 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4745 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4746 slow. */
4747 if (c == 'r')
4748 {
4749 p++;
4750 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4751 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4752 {
4753 p += 2;
4754 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4755 p++;
4756 }
4757 else if (*p == 'p')
4758 {
4759 num = 2;
4760 p++;
4761 }
4762 else if (!isdigit (*p))
4763 {
4764 if (print_errors)
4765 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4766 num = -1;
4767 }
4768 else
4769 {
4770 do
4771 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4772 while (isdigit (*p));
4773 }
4774 }
4775 else
4776 {
4777 /* Do a normal register search. */
4778 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4779 {
4780 p = p + 1;
4781 c = *p;
4782 }
4783 *p = 0;
4784 status = reg_name_search (name);
4785 if (status >= 0)
4786 num = status;
4787 else
4788 {
4789 if (print_errors)
4790 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4791 num = -1;
4792 }
4793 *p = c;
4794 }
4795
4796 pa_number = num;
4797 }
4798 else
4799 {
4800 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4801 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4802 name = p;
4803 c = *p;
4804 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4805 {
4806 p = p + 1;
4807 c = *p;
4808 }
4809 *p = 0;
4810 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4811 {
4812 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4813 {
4814 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4815 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4816 register, so... */
4817 have_prefix = true;
4818 }
4819 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4820 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4821 else if (!strict)
4822 {
4823 if (print_errors)
4824 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4825 num = -1;
4826 }
4827 }
4828 else if (!strict)
4829 {
4830 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4831 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4832 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4833 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4834 if (*name == 0)
4835 num = 0;
4836 else
4837 {
4838 if (print_errors)
4839 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4840 num = -1;
4841 }
4842 }
4843 *p = c;
4844
4845 pa_number = num;
4846 }
4847
4848 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4849 {
4850 *s = p;
4851 return 1;
4852 }
4853 return 0;
4854 }
4855
4856 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4857
4858 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4859 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4860
4861 static int
4862 reg_name_search (name)
4863 char *name;
4864 {
4865 int middle, low, high;
4866 int cmp;
4867
4868 low = 0;
4869 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4870
4871 do
4872 {
4873 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4874 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4875 if (cmp < 0)
4876 high = middle - 1;
4877 else if (cmp > 0)
4878 low = middle + 1;
4879 else
4880 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4881 }
4882 while (low <= high);
4883
4884 return -1;
4885 }
4886
4887 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4888 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4889
4890 static int
4891 need_pa11_opcode ()
4892 {
4893 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4894 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4895 {
4896 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4897 then set a new architecture. */
4898 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4899 {
4900 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4901 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4902 }
4903 return TRUE;
4904 }
4905 else
4906 return FALSE;
4907 }
4908
4909 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4910 code associated with the condition. */
4911
4912 static int
4913 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4914 char **s;
4915 {
4916 int cond, i;
4917
4918 cond = 0;
4919
4920 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4921 {
4922 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4923 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4924 {
4925 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4926 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4927 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4928 report an error. */
4929 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4930 {
4931 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4932 break;
4933 }
4934 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4935 *s = *s + 1;
4936 return cond;
4937 }
4938 }
4939
4940 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4941
4942 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4943 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4944 *s += 1;
4945
4946 return 0;
4947 }
4948
4949 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4950
4951 static int
4952 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4953 char **s;
4954 {
4955 int value;
4956
4957 value = 0;
4958 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4959 {
4960 value = 5;
4961 *s += 4;
4962 }
4963 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4964 {
4965 value = 9;
4966 *s += 4;
4967 }
4968 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4969 {
4970 value = 13;
4971 *s += 4;
4972 }
4973 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4974 {
4975 value = 17;
4976 *s += 4;
4977 }
4978 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4979 {
4980 value = 1;
4981 *s += 3;
4982 }
4983 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4984 {
4985 value = 6;
4986 *s += 4;
4987 }
4988 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4989 {
4990 value = 2;
4991 *s += 3;
4992 }
4993 else
4994 {
4995 value = 0;
4996 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
4997 }
4998
4999 return value;
5000 }
5001
5002 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5003 type. */
5004
5005 static fp_operand_format
5006 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5007 char **s;
5008 {
5009 int format;
5010
5011 format = SGL;
5012 if (**s == ',')
5013 {
5014 *s += 1;
5015 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5016 {
5017 format = SGL;
5018 *s += 4;
5019 }
5020 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5021 {
5022 format = DBL;
5023 *s += 4;
5024 }
5025 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5026 {
5027 format = QUAD;
5028 *s += 5;
5029 }
5030 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5031 {
5032 format = W;
5033 *s += 2;
5034 }
5035 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5036 {
5037 format = UW;
5038 *s += 3;
5039 }
5040 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5041 {
5042 format = DW;
5043 *s += 3;
5044 }
5045 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5046 {
5047 format = UDW;
5048 *s += 4;
5049 }
5050 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5051 {
5052 format = QW;
5053 *s += 3;
5054 }
5055 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5056 {
5057 format = UQW;
5058 *s += 4;
5059 }
5060 else
5061 {
5062 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5063 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5064 }
5065 }
5066
5067 return format;
5068 }
5069
5070 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5071 type. */
5072
5073 static fp_operand_format
5074 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5075 char **s;
5076 {
5077 int format;
5078
5079 format = SGL;
5080 if (**s == ',')
5081 {
5082 *s += 1;
5083 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5084 {
5085 format = SGL;
5086 *s += 4;
5087 }
5088 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5089 {
5090 format = DBL;
5091 *s += 4;
5092 }
5093 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5094 {
5095 format = QUAD;
5096 *s += 5;
5097 }
5098 else
5099 {
5100 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5101 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5102 }
5103 }
5104
5105 return format;
5106 }
5107
5108 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5109
5110 static int
5111 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5112 char **str;
5113 {
5114 int middle, low, high;
5115 int cmp;
5116 char name[4];
5117
5118 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5119 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5120 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5121 *str = *str + 1;
5122
5123 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5124 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5125 name[1] = 0;
5126 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5127 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5128 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5129 name[2] = 0;
5130 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5131 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5132 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5133 name[2] = tolower ((*str)[2]),
5134 name[3] = 0;
5135 else
5136 return e_fsel;
5137
5138 low = 0;
5139 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5140
5141 do
5142 {
5143 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5144 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5145 if (cmp < 0)
5146 high = middle - 1;
5147 else if (cmp > 0)
5148 low = middle + 1;
5149 else
5150 {
5151 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5152 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5153 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5154 return e_fsel;
5155 #endif
5156 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5157 }
5158 }
5159 while (low <= high);
5160
5161 return e_fsel;
5162 }
5163
5164 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5165
5166 static int
5167 get_expression (str)
5168 char *str;
5169 {
5170 char *save_in;
5171 asection *seg;
5172
5173 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5174 input_line_pointer = str;
5175 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5176 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5177 || seg == undefined_section
5178 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5179 {
5180 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5181 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5182 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5183 return 1;
5184 }
5185 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5186 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5187 return 0;
5188 }
5189
5190 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5191 static int
5192 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5193 struct pa_it *insn;
5194 char **strp;
5195 {
5196 char *save_in;
5197
5198 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5199 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5200 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5201 expression (&insn->exp);
5202 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5203
5204 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5205 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5206 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5207
5208 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5209 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5210 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5211 {
5212 char *s, c;
5213 int retval;
5214
5215 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5216 s = *strp;
5217 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5218 s++;
5219
5220 c = *s;
5221 *s = 0;
5222
5223 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5224
5225 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5226 *s = c;
5227 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5228 }
5229 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5230 and return to our caller. */
5231 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5232 {
5233 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5234 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5235 return 0;
5236 }
5237 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5238 {
5239 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5240 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5241 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5242 return 0;
5243 }
5244 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5245 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5246 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5247 }
5248
5249 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5250 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5251 static int
5252 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5253 struct pa_it *insn;
5254 {
5255 offsetT value;
5256 expressionS exp;
5257 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5258
5259 exp = insn->exp;
5260 value = exp.X_add_number;
5261
5262 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5263 }
5264
5265 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5266 argument location number. */
5267
5268 static unsigned int
5269 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5270 char *type_name;
5271 {
5272
5273 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5274 return 0;
5275 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5276 return 1;
5277 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5278 return 2;
5279 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5280 return 3;
5281 else
5282 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5283
5284 return 0;
5285 }
5286
5287 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5288 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5289
5290 static unsigned int
5291 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5292 unsigned int reg;
5293 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5294 {
5295 unsigned int new_reloc;
5296
5297 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5298 switch (reg)
5299 {
5300 case 0:
5301 new_reloc <<= 8;
5302 break;
5303 case 1:
5304 new_reloc <<= 6;
5305 break;
5306 case 2:
5307 new_reloc <<= 4;
5308 break;
5309 case 3:
5310 new_reloc <<= 2;
5311 break;
5312 default:
5313 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5314 }
5315
5316 return new_reloc;
5317 }
5318
5319 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5320 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5321
5322 static int
5323 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5324 char **s;
5325 {
5326 int nullif;
5327
5328 nullif = 0;
5329 if (**s == ',')
5330 {
5331 *s = *s + 1;
5332 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5333 nullif = 1;
5334 else
5335 {
5336 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5337 nullif = 0;
5338 }
5339 *s = *s + 1;
5340 }
5341
5342 return nullif;
5343 }
5344
5345 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5346 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5347
5348 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5349 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5350 computational instruction. */
5351
5352 static int
5353 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5354 char **s;
5355 int isbranch;
5356 {
5357 int cmpltr;
5358 char *name = *s + 1;
5359 char c;
5360 char *save_s = *s;
5361 int nullify = 0;
5362
5363 cmpltr = 0;
5364 if (**s == ',')
5365 {
5366 *s += 1;
5367 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5368 *s += 1;
5369 c = **s;
5370 **s = 0x00;
5371
5372 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5373 {
5374 cmpltr = 1;
5375 }
5376 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5377 {
5378 cmpltr = 2;
5379 }
5380 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5381 {
5382 cmpltr = 3;
5383 }
5384 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5385 {
5386 cmpltr = 4;
5387 }
5388 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5389 {
5390 cmpltr = 5;
5391 }
5392 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5393 {
5394 cmpltr = 6;
5395 }
5396 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5397 {
5398 cmpltr = 7;
5399 }
5400 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5401 completer. */
5402 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5403 {
5404 cmpltr = 0;
5405 nullify = 1;
5406 }
5407 else
5408 {
5409 cmpltr = -1;
5410 }
5411 **s = c;
5412 }
5413
5414 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5415 if (nullify)
5416 *s = save_s;
5417
5418 return cmpltr;
5419 }
5420
5421 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5422 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5423
5424 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5425 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5426 computational instruction. */
5427
5428 static int
5429 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5430 char **s;
5431 int isbranch;
5432 {
5433 int cmpltr;
5434 char *name = *s + 1;
5435 char c;
5436 char *save_s = *s;
5437 int nullify = 0;
5438
5439 cmpltr = 0;
5440 if (**s == ',')
5441 {
5442 *s += 1;
5443 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5444 *s += 1;
5445 c = **s;
5446 **s = 0x00;
5447
5448 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5449 {
5450 cmpltr = 0;
5451 }
5452 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5453 {
5454 cmpltr = 1;
5455 }
5456 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5457 {
5458 cmpltr = 2;
5459 }
5460 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5461 {
5462 cmpltr = 3;
5463 }
5464 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5465 {
5466 cmpltr = 4;
5467 }
5468 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5469 {
5470 cmpltr = 5;
5471 }
5472 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5473 {
5474 cmpltr = 6;
5475 }
5476 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5477 {
5478 cmpltr = 7;
5479 }
5480 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5481 completer. */
5482 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5483 {
5484 cmpltr = 0;
5485 nullify = 1;
5486 }
5487 else
5488 {
5489 cmpltr = -1;
5490 }
5491 **s = c;
5492 }
5493
5494 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5495 if (nullify)
5496 *s = save_s;
5497
5498 return cmpltr;
5499 }
5500
5501 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5502 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5503
5504 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5505 returned as 8-15. */
5506
5507 static int
5508 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5509 char **s;
5510 {
5511 int cmpltr;
5512 char *name = *s + 1;
5513 char c;
5514
5515 cmpltr = -1;
5516 if (**s == ',')
5517 {
5518 *s += 1;
5519 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5520 *s += 1;
5521 c = **s;
5522 **s = 0x00;
5523
5524 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5525 {
5526 cmpltr = 0;
5527 }
5528 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5529 {
5530 cmpltr = 1;
5531 }
5532 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5533 {
5534 cmpltr = 2;
5535 }
5536 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5537 {
5538 cmpltr = 3;
5539 }
5540 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5541 {
5542 cmpltr = 4;
5543 }
5544 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5545 {
5546 cmpltr = 5;
5547 }
5548 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5549 {
5550 cmpltr = 6;
5551 }
5552 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5553 {
5554 cmpltr = 7;
5555 }
5556 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5557 {
5558 cmpltr = 8;
5559 }
5560 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5561 {
5562 cmpltr = 9;
5563 }
5564 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5565 {
5566 cmpltr = 10;
5567 }
5568 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5569 {
5570 cmpltr = 11;
5571 }
5572 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5573 {
5574 cmpltr = 12;
5575 }
5576 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5577 {
5578 cmpltr = 13;
5579 }
5580 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5581 {
5582 cmpltr = 14;
5583 }
5584 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5585 {
5586 cmpltr = 15;
5587 }
5588 else
5589 {
5590 cmpltr = -1;
5591 }
5592 **s = c;
5593 }
5594
5595 return cmpltr;
5596 }
5597
5598 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5599 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5600
5601 static int
5602 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5603 char **s;
5604 {
5605 int cmpltr;
5606 char *name = *s + 1;
5607 char c;
5608
5609 cmpltr = -1;
5610 if (**s == ',')
5611 {
5612 *s += 1;
5613 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5614 *s += 1;
5615 c = **s;
5616 **s = 0x00;
5617
5618 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5619 {
5620 cmpltr = 0;
5621 }
5622 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5623 {
5624 cmpltr = 1;
5625 }
5626 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5627 {
5628 cmpltr = 2;
5629 }
5630 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5631 {
5632 cmpltr = 3;
5633 }
5634 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5635 {
5636 cmpltr = 4;
5637 }
5638 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5639 {
5640 cmpltr = 5;
5641 }
5642 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5643 {
5644 cmpltr = 6;
5645 }
5646 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5647 {
5648 cmpltr = 7;
5649 }
5650 else
5651 {
5652 cmpltr = -1;
5653 }
5654 **s = c;
5655 }
5656
5657 return cmpltr;
5658 }
5659
5660 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5661 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5662
5663 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5664 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5665 computational instruction. */
5666
5667 static int
5668 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5669 char **s;
5670 int isbranch;
5671 {
5672 int cmpltr;
5673 char *name = *s + 1;
5674 char c;
5675 char *save_s = *s;
5676
5677 cmpltr = 0;
5678 if (**s == ',')
5679 {
5680 *s += 1;
5681 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5682 *s += 1;
5683 c = **s;
5684 **s = 0x00;
5685 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5686 {
5687 cmpltr = 1;
5688 }
5689 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5690 {
5691 cmpltr = 2;
5692 }
5693 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5694 {
5695 cmpltr = 3;
5696 }
5697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5698 {
5699 cmpltr = 4;
5700 }
5701 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5702 {
5703 cmpltr = 5;
5704 }
5705 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5706 {
5707 cmpltr = 6;
5708 }
5709 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5710 {
5711 cmpltr = 7;
5712 }
5713 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5714 completer. */
5715 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5716 {
5717 cmpltr = 0;
5718 }
5719 else
5720 {
5721 cmpltr = -1;
5722 }
5723 **s = c;
5724 }
5725
5726 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5727 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5728 *s = save_s;
5729
5730 return cmpltr;
5731 }
5732
5733 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5734 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5735
5736 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5737 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5738 computational instruction). */
5739
5740 static int
5741 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5742 char **s;
5743 int isbranch;
5744 {
5745 int cmpltr;
5746 char *name = *s + 1;
5747 char c;
5748 char *save_s = *s;
5749
5750 cmpltr = 0;
5751 if (**s == ',')
5752 {
5753 *s += 1;
5754 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5755 *s += 1;
5756 c = **s;
5757 **s = 0x00;
5758 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5759 {
5760 cmpltr = 0;
5761 }
5762 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5763 {
5764 cmpltr = 1;
5765 }
5766 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5767 {
5768 cmpltr = 2;
5769 }
5770 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5771 {
5772 cmpltr = 3;
5773 }
5774 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5775 {
5776 cmpltr = 4;
5777 }
5778 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5779 {
5780 cmpltr = 5;
5781 }
5782 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5783 {
5784 cmpltr = 6;
5785 }
5786 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5787 {
5788 cmpltr = 7;
5789 }
5790 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5791 completer. */
5792 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5793 {
5794 cmpltr = 0;
5795 }
5796 else
5797 {
5798 cmpltr = -1;
5799 }
5800 **s = c;
5801 }
5802
5803 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5804 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5805 *s = save_s;
5806
5807 return cmpltr;
5808 }
5809
5810 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5811 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5812
5813 static int
5814 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5815 char **s;
5816 {
5817 int cmpltr;
5818 char *name = *s + 1;
5819 char c;
5820 char *save_s = *s;
5821 int nullify = 0;
5822
5823 cmpltr = 0;
5824 if (**s == ',')
5825 {
5826 *s += 1;
5827 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5828 *s += 1;
5829 c = **s;
5830 **s = 0x00;
5831 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5832 {
5833 cmpltr = 1;
5834 }
5835 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5836 {
5837 cmpltr = 2;
5838 }
5839 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5840 {
5841 cmpltr = 3;
5842 }
5843 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5844 {
5845 cmpltr = 4;
5846 }
5847 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5848 {
5849 cmpltr = 5;
5850 }
5851 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5852 {
5853 cmpltr = 6;
5854 }
5855 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5856 {
5857 cmpltr = 7;
5858 }
5859 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5860 {
5861 cmpltr = 8;
5862 }
5863 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5864 {
5865 cmpltr = 9;
5866 }
5867 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5868 {
5869 cmpltr = 10;
5870 }
5871 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5872 {
5873 cmpltr = 11;
5874 }
5875 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5876 {
5877 cmpltr = 12;
5878 }
5879 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5880 {
5881 cmpltr = 13;
5882 }
5883 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5884 {
5885 cmpltr = 14;
5886 }
5887 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5888 {
5889 cmpltr = 15;
5890 }
5891 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5892 completer. */
5893 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5894 {
5895 cmpltr = 0;
5896 nullify = 1;
5897 }
5898 else
5899 {
5900 cmpltr = -1;
5901 }
5902 **s = c;
5903 }
5904
5905 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5906 if (nullify)
5907 *s = save_s;
5908
5909 return cmpltr;
5910 }
5911
5912 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5913 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5914 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5915 static void
5916 pa_align (bytes)
5917 int bytes;
5918 {
5919 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5920 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5921
5922 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5923 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5924
5925 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5926 alignment if necessary. */
5927 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5928 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5929 }
5930 #endif
5931
5932 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5933
5934 static void
5935 pa_block (z)
5936 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5937 {
5938 char *p;
5939 long int temp_fill;
5940 unsigned int temp_size;
5941 unsigned int i;
5942
5943 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5944 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5945 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5946 #endif
5947
5948 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5949
5950 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5951 temp_fill = 0;
5952
5953 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5954 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5955 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5956
5957 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5958
5959 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5960 {
5961 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5962 (valueT) temp_fill,
5963 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5964 }
5965
5966 pa_undefine_label ();
5967 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5968 }
5969
5970 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5971
5972 static void
5973 pa_brtab (begin)
5974 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5975 {
5976
5977 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5978 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5979 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5980 char *where = frag_more (0);
5981
5982 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5983 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5984 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5985 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5986 #endif
5987
5988 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5989 }
5990
5991 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5992
5993 static void
5994 pa_try (begin)
5995 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5996 {
5997 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5998 expressionS exp;
5999 char *where = frag_more (0);
6000
6001 if (! begin)
6002 expression (&exp);
6003
6004 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
6005 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
6006
6007 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6008 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
6009 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
6010 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
6011 #endif
6012
6013 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6014 }
6015
6016 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6017 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6018 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6019
6020 static void
6021 pa_call (unused)
6022 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6023 {
6024 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6025 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6026 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6027 #endif
6028
6029 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6030 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6031 }
6032
6033 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6034 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6035
6036 static void
6037 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6038 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6039 {
6040 char *name, c, *p;
6041 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6042
6043 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6044 {
6045 name = input_line_pointer;
6046 c = get_symbol_end ();
6047 /* Process a source argument. */
6048 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6049 {
6050 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6051 p = input_line_pointer;
6052 *p = c;
6053 input_line_pointer++;
6054 name = input_line_pointer;
6055 c = get_symbol_end ();
6056 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6057 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6058 }
6059 /* Process a return value. */
6060 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6061 {
6062 p = input_line_pointer;
6063 *p = c;
6064 input_line_pointer++;
6065 name = input_line_pointer;
6066 c = get_symbol_end ();
6067 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6068 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6069 }
6070 else
6071 {
6072 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6073 }
6074 p = input_line_pointer;
6075 *p = c;
6076 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6077 input_line_pointer++;
6078 }
6079 }
6080
6081 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6082
6083 static int
6084 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6085 fragS *frag1;
6086 fragS *frag2;
6087 {
6088
6089 if (frag1 == NULL)
6090 return (FALSE);
6091 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6092 return (FALSE);
6093 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6094 return (TRUE);
6095 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6096 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6097 else
6098 return (FALSE);
6099 }
6100
6101 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6102 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6103 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6104 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6105 of the unwind spaces. */
6106
6107 static void
6108 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6109 struct call_info *call_info;
6110 {
6111 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6112 subsegT save_subseg;
6113 unsigned int unwind;
6114 int reloc;
6115 char *p;
6116
6117 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6118 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6119 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6120 return;
6121
6122 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6123 save_seg = now_seg;
6124 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6125 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6126 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6127 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6128 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6129 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6130 {
6131 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6132 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6133 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6134 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6135 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6136 }
6137
6138 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6139
6140 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6141 descriptor. */
6142 p = frag_more (16);
6143
6144 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6145 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6146 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6147 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6148 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6149 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6150
6151 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6152
6153 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6154 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6155 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6156 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6157 finished with its work. */
6158 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6159 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6160 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6161 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6162 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6163
6164 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6165 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6166 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6167
6168 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6169 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6170
6171 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6172 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6173 }
6174 #endif
6175
6176 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6177 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6178 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6179
6180 static void
6181 pa_callinfo (unused)
6182 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6183 {
6184 char *name, c, *p;
6185 int temp;
6186
6187 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6188 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6189 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6190 #endif
6191
6192 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6193 if (!within_procedure)
6194 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6195
6196 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6197 current procedure. */
6198 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6199
6200 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6201 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6202 {
6203 name = input_line_pointer;
6204 c = get_symbol_end ();
6205 /* Frame size specification. */
6206 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6207 {
6208 p = input_line_pointer;
6209 *p = c;
6210 input_line_pointer++;
6211 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6212 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6213 {
6214 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6215 temp = 0;
6216 }
6217
6218 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6219 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6220
6221 }
6222 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6223 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6224 {
6225 p = input_line_pointer;
6226 *p = c;
6227 input_line_pointer++;
6228 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6229 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6230 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6231 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6232 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6233 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6234 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6235 }
6236 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6237 {
6238 p = input_line_pointer;
6239 *p = c;
6240 input_line_pointer++;
6241 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6242 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6243 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6244 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6245 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6246 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6247 }
6248 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6249 {
6250 p = input_line_pointer;
6251 *p = c;
6252 input_line_pointer++;
6253 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6254 if (temp != 3)
6255 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6256 }
6257 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6258 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6259 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6260 {
6261 p = input_line_pointer;
6262 *p = c;
6263 }
6264 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6265 {
6266 p = input_line_pointer;
6267 *p = c;
6268 }
6269 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6270 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6271 {
6272 p = input_line_pointer;
6273 *p = c;
6274 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6275 }
6276 /* Likewise for SP. */
6277 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6278 {
6279 p = input_line_pointer;
6280 *p = c;
6281 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6282 }
6283 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6284 in the unwind descriptor. */
6285 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6286 {
6287 p = input_line_pointer;
6288 *p = c;
6289 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6290 }
6291 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6292 unwind descriptor. */
6293 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6294 {
6295 p = input_line_pointer;
6296 *p = c;
6297 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6298 }
6299 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6300 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6301 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6302 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6303 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6304 {
6305 p = input_line_pointer;
6306 *p = c;
6307 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6308 }
6309 else
6310 {
6311 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6312 *input_line_pointer = c;
6313 }
6314 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6315 input_line_pointer++;
6316 }
6317
6318 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6319 }
6320
6321 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6322 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6323 label when finished. */
6324 static void
6325 pa_text (unused)
6326 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6327 {
6328 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6329 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6330 current_subspace
6331 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6332 #endif
6333
6334 s_text (0);
6335 pa_undefine_label ();
6336 }
6337
6338 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6339 static void
6340 pa_data (unused)
6341 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6342 {
6343 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6344 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6345 current_subspace
6346 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6347 #endif
6348 s_data (0);
6349 pa_undefine_label ();
6350 }
6351
6352 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6353 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6354
6355 <label> .comm <length>
6356
6357 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6358 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6359 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6360 and subspace.
6361
6362 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6363
6364 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6365 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6366 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6367 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6368 a pain.
6369
6370 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6371
6372 static void
6373 pa_comm (unused)
6374 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6375 {
6376 unsigned int size;
6377 symbolS *symbol;
6378 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6379
6380 if (label_symbol)
6381 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6382 else
6383 symbol = NULL;
6384
6385 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6386 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6387
6388 if (symbol)
6389 {
6390 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6391 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6392 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6393
6394 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6395 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6396 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6397 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6398 }
6399 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6400 }
6401 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6402
6403 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6404
6405 static void
6406 pa_end (unused)
6407 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6408 {
6409 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6410 }
6411
6412 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6413 static void
6414 pa_enter (unused)
6415 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6416 {
6417 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6418 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6419 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6420 #endif
6421
6422 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6423 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6424 }
6425
6426 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6427 procesure. */
6428 static void
6429 pa_entry (unused)
6430 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6431 {
6432 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6433 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6434 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6435 #endif
6436
6437 if (!within_procedure)
6438 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6439 else
6440 {
6441 if (!callinfo_found)
6442 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6443 }
6444 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6445 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6446
6447 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6448 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6449 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6450 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6451 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6452
6453 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6454 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6455 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6456 denote the entry and exit points. */
6457 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6458 {
6459 char *where;
6460 unsigned int u;
6461
6462 where = frag_more (0);
6463 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6464 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6465 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6466 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6467 }
6468 #endif
6469 }
6470
6471 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6472 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6473 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6474 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6475
6476 int
6477 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6478 expressionS *resultP;
6479 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6480 expressionS *rightP;
6481 {
6482 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6483 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6484 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6485 {
6486 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6487 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6488 }
6489 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6490 }
6491
6492 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6493
6494 static void
6495 pa_equ (reg)
6496 int reg;
6497 {
6498 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6499 symbolS *symbol;
6500
6501 if (label_symbol)
6502 {
6503 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6504 if (reg)
6505 {
6506 strict = 1;
6507 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6508 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6509 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6510 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6511 }
6512 else
6513 {
6514 expressionS exp;
6515 segT seg;
6516
6517 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6518 seg = expression (&exp);
6519 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6520 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6521 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6522 {
6523 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6524 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6525 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6526 seg = absolute_section;
6527 }
6528 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6529 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6530 }
6531 }
6532 else
6533 {
6534 if (reg)
6535 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6536 else
6537 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6538 }
6539
6540 pa_undefine_label ();
6541 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6542 }
6543
6544 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6545 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6546 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6547
6548 static void
6549 process_exit ()
6550 {
6551 char *where;
6552
6553 where = frag_more (0);
6554
6555 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6556 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6557 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6558 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6559 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6560 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6561 #else
6562 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6563 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6564 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6565 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6566
6567 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6568 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6569 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6570 denote the entry and exit points. */
6571 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6572 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6573 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6574 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6575 #endif
6576 }
6577
6578 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6579
6580 static void
6581 pa_exit (unused)
6582 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6583 {
6584 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6585 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6586 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6587 #endif
6588
6589 if (!within_procedure)
6590 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6591 else
6592 {
6593 if (!callinfo_found)
6594 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6595 else
6596 {
6597 if (!within_entry_exit)
6598 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6599 else
6600 {
6601 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6602 process_exit ();
6603 }
6604 }
6605 }
6606 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6607 }
6608
6609 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6610 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6611 to callers. */
6612
6613 static void
6614 pa_export (unused)
6615 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6616 {
6617 char *name, c, *p;
6618 symbolS *symbol;
6619
6620 name = input_line_pointer;
6621 c = get_symbol_end ();
6622 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6623 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6624 {
6625 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6626 p = input_line_pointer;
6627 *p = c;
6628 input_line_pointer++;
6629 }
6630 else
6631 {
6632 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6633 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6634 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6635 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6636 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6637 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6638 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6639 p = input_line_pointer;
6640 *p = c;
6641 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6642 {
6643 input_line_pointer++;
6644 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6645 }
6646 }
6647
6648 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6649 }
6650
6651 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6652
6653 static void
6654 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6655 symbolS *symbolP;
6656 int is_export;
6657 {
6658 char *name, c, *p;
6659 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6660 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6661 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6662
6663 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6664
6665 {
6666 input_line_pointer += 8;
6667 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6668 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6669 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6670 }
6671 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6672 {
6673 input_line_pointer += 4;
6674 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6675 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6676
6677 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6678 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6679 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6680 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6681 {
6682 if (is_export)
6683 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6684 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6685
6686 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6687 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6688 }
6689 else
6690 {
6691 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6692 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6693 }
6694 }
6695 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6696 {
6697 input_line_pointer += 4;
6698 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6699 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6700 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6701 }
6702 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6703 {
6704 input_line_pointer += 5;
6705 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6706 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6707 }
6708 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6709 {
6710 input_line_pointer += 9;
6711 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6712 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6713 {
6714 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6715 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6716 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6717 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6718 }
6719 #endif
6720 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6721 }
6722 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6723 {
6724 input_line_pointer += 6;
6725 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6726 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6727 }
6728 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6729 {
6730 input_line_pointer += 8;
6731 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6732 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6733 }
6734 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6735 {
6736 input_line_pointer += 8;
6737 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6738 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6739 }
6740
6741 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6742 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6743 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6744 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6745 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6746 #endif
6747
6748 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6749 handle any argument relocation information. */
6750 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6751 {
6752 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6753 input_line_pointer++;
6754 name = input_line_pointer;
6755 c = get_symbol_end ();
6756 /* Argument sources. */
6757 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6758 {
6759 p = input_line_pointer;
6760 *p = c;
6761 input_line_pointer++;
6762 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6763 name = input_line_pointer;
6764 c = get_symbol_end ();
6765 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6766 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6767 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6768 #endif
6769 *input_line_pointer = c;
6770 }
6771 /* The return value. */
6772 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6773 {
6774 p = input_line_pointer;
6775 *p = c;
6776 input_line_pointer++;
6777 name = input_line_pointer;
6778 c = get_symbol_end ();
6779 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6780 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6781 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6782 #endif
6783 *input_line_pointer = c;
6784 }
6785 /* Privelege level. */
6786 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6787 {
6788 p = input_line_pointer;
6789 *p = c;
6790 input_line_pointer++;
6791 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6792 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6793 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6794 #endif
6795 c = get_symbol_end ();
6796 *input_line_pointer = c;
6797 }
6798 else
6799 {
6800 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6801 p = input_line_pointer;
6802 *p = c;
6803 }
6804 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6805 input_line_pointer++;
6806 }
6807 }
6808
6809 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6810 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6811 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6812
6813 static void
6814 pa_import (unused)
6815 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6816 {
6817 char *name, c, *p;
6818 symbolS *symbol;
6819
6820 name = input_line_pointer;
6821 c = get_symbol_end ();
6822
6823 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6824 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6825 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6826 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6827 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6828 {
6829 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6830 p = input_line_pointer;
6831 *p = c;
6832
6833 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6834 {
6835 input_line_pointer++;
6836 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6837 }
6838 else
6839 {
6840 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6841 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6842 the the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6843 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6844 if (now_seg == text_section)
6845 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6846
6847 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6848 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6849 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6850 }
6851 }
6852 else
6853 {
6854 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6855 the end of the current statement. */
6856 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6857 input_line_pointer++;
6858 }
6859
6860 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6861 }
6862
6863 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6864
6865 static void
6866 pa_label (unused)
6867 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6868 {
6869 char *name, c, *p;
6870
6871 name = input_line_pointer;
6872 c = get_symbol_end ();
6873
6874 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6875 {
6876 colon (name);
6877 p = input_line_pointer;
6878 *p = c;
6879 }
6880 else
6881 {
6882 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6883 }
6884
6885 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6886 {
6887 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6888 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6889 }
6890 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6891 }
6892
6893 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6894
6895 static void
6896 pa_leave (unused)
6897 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6898 {
6899 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6900 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6901 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6902 #endif
6903
6904 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6905 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6906 }
6907
6908 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6909
6910 static void
6911 pa_level (unused)
6912 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6913 {
6914 char *level;
6915
6916 level = input_line_pointer;
6917 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6918 {
6919 input_line_pointer += 3;
6920 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6921 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6922 }
6923 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6924 {
6925 input_line_pointer += 3;
6926 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6927 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6928 }
6929 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6930 {
6931 input_line_pointer += 4;
6932 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6933 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6934 }
6935 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6936 {
6937 input_line_pointer += 3;
6938 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6939 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6940 }
6941 else
6942 {
6943 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6944 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6945 }
6946 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6947 }
6948
6949 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6950
6951 static void
6952 pa_origin (unused)
6953 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6954 {
6955 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6956 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6957 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6958 #endif
6959
6960 s_org (0);
6961 pa_undefine_label ();
6962 }
6963
6964 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6965 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6966
6967 static void
6968 pa_param (unused)
6969 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6970 {
6971 char *name, c, *p;
6972 symbolS *symbol;
6973
6974 name = input_line_pointer;
6975 c = get_symbol_end ();
6976
6977 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6978 {
6979 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6980 p = input_line_pointer;
6981 *p = c;
6982 input_line_pointer++;
6983 }
6984 else
6985 {
6986 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6987 p = input_line_pointer;
6988 *p = c;
6989 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6990 {
6991 input_line_pointer++;
6992 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6993 }
6994 }
6995
6996 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6997 }
6998
6999 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
7000 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
7001
7002 static void
7003 pa_proc (unused)
7004 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7005 {
7006 struct call_info *call_info;
7007
7008 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7009 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7010 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7011 #endif
7012
7013 if (within_procedure)
7014 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7015
7016 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7017 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7018 within_procedure = TRUE;
7019
7020 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7021 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7022
7023 if (!call_info)
7024 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7025
7026 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7027
7028 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7029
7030 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7031 {
7032 call_info_root = call_info;
7033 last_call_info = call_info;
7034 }
7035 else
7036 {
7037 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7038 last_call_info = call_info;
7039 }
7040
7041 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7042
7043 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7044 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7045 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7046
7047 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7048 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7049 {
7050 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7051
7052 if (label_symbol)
7053 {
7054 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7055 {
7056 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7057 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7058 }
7059 else
7060 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7061 }
7062 else
7063 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7064 }
7065
7066 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7067 }
7068
7069 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7070 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7071
7072 static void
7073 pa_procend (unused)
7074 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7075 {
7076
7077 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7078 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7079 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7080 #endif
7081
7082 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7083 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7084 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7085
7086 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7087 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7088 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7089 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7090 {
7091 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7092
7093 if (label_symbol)
7094 {
7095 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7096 {
7097 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7098 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7099 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7100 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7101 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7102 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7103 if (within_entry_exit)
7104 {
7105 char *where;
7106 unsigned int u;
7107
7108 where = frag_more (0);
7109 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7110 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7111 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7112 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7113 }
7114 #endif
7115 }
7116 else
7117 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7118 }
7119 else
7120 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7121 }
7122
7123 if (!within_procedure)
7124 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7125
7126 if (!callinfo_found)
7127 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7128
7129 if (within_entry_exit)
7130 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7131
7132 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7133 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7134 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7135 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7136 #endif
7137
7138 within_procedure = FALSE;
7139 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7140 pa_undefine_label ();
7141 }
7142
7143 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7144 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7145 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7146
7147 static int
7148 log2 (value)
7149 int value;
7150 {
7151 int shift = 0;
7152
7153 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7154 shift++;
7155
7156 if (shift >= 32)
7157 return -1;
7158 else
7159 return shift;
7160 }
7161
7162 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7163
7164 static void
7165 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7166 {
7167 if (current_space == NULL)
7168 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7169
7170 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7171 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7172 }
7173
7174 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7175 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7176 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7177
7178 static sd_chain_struct *
7179 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7180 char *space_name;
7181 int create_flag;
7182 {
7183 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7184 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7185 int spnum;
7186 asection *seg = NULL;
7187 sd_chain_struct *space;
7188
7189 /* load default values */
7190 spnum = 0;
7191 sort = 0;
7192 loadable = TRUE;
7193 defined = TRUE;
7194 private = FALSE;
7195 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7196 {
7197 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7198 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7199 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7200 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7201 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7202 }
7203 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7204 {
7205 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7206 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7207 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7208 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7209 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7210 }
7211
7212 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7213 {
7214 print_errors = FALSE;
7215 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7216 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7217 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7218 the line should be ignored. */
7219 strict = 0;
7220 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7221 if (pa_number >= 0)
7222 {
7223 spnum = pa_number;
7224 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7225 }
7226 else
7227 {
7228 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7229 {
7230 input_line_pointer++;
7231 name = input_line_pointer;
7232 c = get_symbol_end ();
7233 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7234 {
7235 *input_line_pointer = c;
7236 input_line_pointer++;
7237 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7238 }
7239 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7240 {
7241 *input_line_pointer = c;
7242 input_line_pointer++;
7243 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7244 }
7245 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7246 {
7247 *input_line_pointer = c;
7248 loadable = FALSE;
7249 }
7250 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7251 {
7252 *input_line_pointer = c;
7253 defined = FALSE;
7254 }
7255 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7256 {
7257 *input_line_pointer = c;
7258 private = TRUE;
7259 }
7260 else
7261 {
7262 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7263 *input_line_pointer = c;
7264 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7265 input_line_pointer++;
7266 }
7267 }
7268 }
7269 print_errors = TRUE;
7270 }
7271
7272 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7273 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7274
7275 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7276 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7277 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7278 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7279 if (create_flag)
7280 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7281 private, sort, seg, 1);
7282 else
7283 {
7284 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7285 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7286 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7287 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7288 }
7289
7290 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7291 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7292 #endif
7293
7294 return space;
7295 }
7296
7297 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7298 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7299
7300 static void
7301 pa_space (unused)
7302 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7303 {
7304 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7305 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7306
7307 if (within_procedure)
7308 {
7309 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7310 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7311 }
7312 else
7313 {
7314 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7315 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7316 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7317 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7318 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7319 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7320 {
7321 input_line_pointer += 6;
7322 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7323 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7324 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7325 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7326 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7327
7328 current_space = sd_chain;
7329 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7330 current_subspace
7331 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7332 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7333 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7334 return;
7335 }
7336 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7337 {
7338 input_line_pointer += 9;
7339 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7340 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7341 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7342 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7343 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7344
7345 current_space = sd_chain;
7346 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7347 current_subspace
7348 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7349 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7350 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7351 return;
7352 }
7353 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7354 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7355 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7356 {
7357 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7358 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7359 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7360 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7361 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7362 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7363
7364 current_space = sd_chain;
7365
7366 {
7367 asection *gdb_section
7368 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7369
7370 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7371 current_subspace
7372 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7373 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7374 }
7375 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7376 return;
7377 }
7378
7379 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7380 print_errors = 0;
7381 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7382 strict = 0;
7383 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7384 if (pa_number >= 0)
7385 {
7386 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7387 {
7388 current_space = sd_chain;
7389
7390 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7391 current_subspace
7392 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7393 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7394 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7395 return;
7396 }
7397 }
7398
7399 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7400 print_errors = 1;
7401 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7402 name = input_line_pointer;
7403 c = get_symbol_end ();
7404 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7405 strcpy (space_name, name);
7406 *input_line_pointer = c;
7407
7408 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7409 current_space = sd_chain;
7410
7411 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7412 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7413 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7414 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7415 }
7416 }
7417
7418 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7419
7420 static void
7421 pa_spnum (unused)
7422 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7423 {
7424 char *name;
7425 char c;
7426 char *p;
7427 sd_chain_struct *space;
7428
7429 name = input_line_pointer;
7430 c = get_symbol_end ();
7431 space = is_defined_space (name);
7432 if (space)
7433 {
7434 p = frag_more (4);
7435 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7436 }
7437 else
7438 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7439
7440 *input_line_pointer = c;
7441 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7442 }
7443
7444 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7445 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7446
7447 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7448 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7449
7450 static void
7451 pa_subspace (create_new)
7452 int create_new;
7453 {
7454 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7455 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7456 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7457 sd_chain_struct *space;
7458 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7459 asection *section;
7460
7461 if (current_space == NULL)
7462 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7463
7464 if (within_procedure)
7465 {
7466 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7467 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7468 }
7469 else
7470 {
7471 name = input_line_pointer;
7472 c = get_symbol_end ();
7473 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7474 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7475 *input_line_pointer = c;
7476
7477 /* Load default values. */
7478 sort = 0;
7479 access = 0x7f;
7480 loadable = 1;
7481 common = 0;
7482 dup_common = 0;
7483 code_only = 0;
7484 zero = 0;
7485 space_index = ~0;
7486 alignment = 1;
7487 quadrant = 0;
7488
7489 space = current_space;
7490 if (create_new)
7491 ssd = NULL;
7492 else
7493 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7494 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7495 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7496 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7497 {
7498 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7499 current_subspace = ssd;
7500 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7501 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7502 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7503 return;
7504 }
7505 else
7506 {
7507 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7508 the builtin subspaces. */
7509 i = 0;
7510 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7511 {
7512 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7513 {
7514 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7515 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7516 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7517 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7518 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7519 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7520 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7521 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7522 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7523 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7524 break;
7525 }
7526 i++;
7527 }
7528 }
7529
7530 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7531 any information as specified by the user. */
7532 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7533 {
7534 input_line_pointer++;
7535 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7536 {
7537 name = input_line_pointer;
7538 c = get_symbol_end ();
7539 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7540 {
7541 *input_line_pointer = c;
7542 input_line_pointer++;
7543 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7544 }
7545 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7546 {
7547 *input_line_pointer = c;
7548 input_line_pointer++;
7549 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7550 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7551 {
7552 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7553 alignment = 1;
7554 }
7555 }
7556 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7557 {
7558 *input_line_pointer = c;
7559 input_line_pointer++;
7560 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7561 }
7562 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7563 {
7564 *input_line_pointer = c;
7565 input_line_pointer++;
7566 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7567 }
7568 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7569 {
7570 *input_line_pointer = c;
7571 code_only = 1;
7572 }
7573 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7574 {
7575 *input_line_pointer = c;
7576 loadable = 0;
7577 }
7578 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7579 {
7580 *input_line_pointer = c;
7581 common = 1;
7582 }
7583 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7584 {
7585 *input_line_pointer = c;
7586 dup_common = 1;
7587 }
7588 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7589 {
7590 *input_line_pointer = c;
7591 zero = 1;
7592 }
7593 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7594 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7595 else
7596 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7597 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7598 input_line_pointer++;
7599 }
7600 }
7601
7602 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7603 in the .subspace directive. */
7604 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7605 flags = 0;
7606 if (loadable)
7607 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7608 if (code_only)
7609 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7610 if (common || dup_common)
7611 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7612
7613 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7614
7615 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7616 if (zero)
7617 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7618
7619 applicable &= flags;
7620
7621 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7622 segment already associated with the subspace.
7623
7624 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7625 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7626 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7627 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7628 if (create_new)
7629 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7630 else if (ssd)
7631 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7632 else
7633 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7634
7635 if (zero)
7636 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7637
7638 /* Now set the flags. */
7639 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7640
7641 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7642 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7643
7644 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7645 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7646 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7647
7648 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7649 or create a new one. */
7650 if (ssd)
7651
7652 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7653 code_only, common, dup_common,
7654 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7655 alignment, quadrant,
7656 section);
7657 else
7658 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7659 code_only, common,
7660 dup_common, zero, sort,
7661 access, space_index,
7662 alignment, quadrant, section);
7663
7664 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7665 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7666 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7667 }
7668 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7669 }
7670
7671 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7672
7673 static void
7674 pa_spaces_begin ()
7675 {
7676 int i;
7677
7678 space_dict_root = NULL;
7679 space_dict_last = NULL;
7680
7681 i = 0;
7682 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7683 {
7684 char *name;
7685
7686 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7687 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7688
7689 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7690 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7691 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7692 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7693 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7694 i++;
7695 }
7696
7697 i = 0;
7698 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7699 {
7700 char *name;
7701 int applicable, subsegment;
7702 asection *segment = NULL;
7703 sd_chain_struct *space;
7704
7705 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7706 subsegment number. */
7707 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7708 subsegment = 0;
7709
7710 /* Create the new section. */
7711 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7712
7713 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7714 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7715 all the built-in subspaces. */
7716 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7717 {
7718 text_section = segment;
7719 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7720 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7721 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7722 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7723 | SEC_READONLY
7724 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7725 }
7726 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7727 {
7728 data_section = segment;
7729 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7730 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7731 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7732 | SEC_RELOC
7733 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7734
7735 }
7736 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7737 {
7738 bss_section = segment;
7739 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7740 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7741 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7742 }
7743 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7744 {
7745 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7746 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7747 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7748 | SEC_RELOC
7749 | SEC_READONLY
7750 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7751 }
7752 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7753 {
7754 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7755 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7756 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7757 | SEC_RELOC
7758 | SEC_READONLY
7759 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7760 }
7761 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7762 {
7763 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7764 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7765 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7766 | SEC_RELOC
7767 | SEC_READONLY
7768 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7769 }
7770
7771 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7772 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7773 def_space_index].segment);
7774 if (space == NULL)
7775 {
7776 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7777 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7778 }
7779
7780 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7781 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7782 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7783 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7784 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7785 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7786 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7787 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7788 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7789 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7790 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7791 segment);
7792 i++;
7793 }
7794 }
7795
7796 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7797 by the given parameters. */
7798
7799 static sd_chain_struct *
7800 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7801 sort, seg, user_defined)
7802 char *name;
7803 int spnum;
7804 int loadable;
7805 int defined;
7806 int private;
7807 int sort;
7808 asection *seg;
7809 int user_defined;
7810 {
7811 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7812
7813 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7814 if (!chain_entry)
7815 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7816 name);
7817
7818 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7819 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7820 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7821 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7822 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7823
7824 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7825 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7826 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7827 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7828
7829 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7830 if (!space_dict_last)
7831 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7832
7833 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7834 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7835 else
7836 {
7837 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7838 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7839
7840 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7841 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7842
7843 while (chain_pointer)
7844 {
7845 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7846 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7847 }
7848
7849 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7850 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7851 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7852 {
7853 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7854 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7855 }
7856 else
7857 {
7858 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7859 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7860 }
7861
7862 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7863 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7864 }
7865
7866 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7867 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7868 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7869 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7870 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7871 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7872 #endif
7873
7874 return chain_entry;
7875 }
7876
7877 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7878 by the given parameters.
7879
7880 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7881 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7882
7883 static ssd_chain_struct *
7884 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7885 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7886 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7887 sd_chain_struct *space;
7888 char *name;
7889 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7890 int sort;
7891 int access;
7892 int space_index;
7893 int alignment;
7894 int quadrant;
7895 asection *seg;
7896 {
7897 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7898
7899 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7900 if (!chain_entry)
7901 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7902
7903 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7904 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7905
7906 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7907 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7908 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7909
7910 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7911 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7912 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7913
7914 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7915 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7916 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7917 else
7918 {
7919 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7920 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7921
7922 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7923 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7924
7925 while (chain_pointer)
7926 {
7927 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7928 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7929 }
7930
7931 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7932 the links. */
7933 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7934 {
7935 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7936 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7937 }
7938 else
7939 {
7940 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7941 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7942 }
7943 }
7944
7945 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7946 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7947 sort, quadrant);
7948 #endif
7949
7950 return chain_entry;
7951 }
7952
7953 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7954 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7955
7956 static ssd_chain_struct *
7957 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7958 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7959 sd_chain_struct *space;
7960 char *name;
7961 int loadable;
7962 int code_only;
7963 int common;
7964 int dup_common;
7965 int zero;
7966 int sort;
7967 int access;
7968 int space_index;
7969 int alignment;
7970 int quadrant;
7971 asection *section;
7972 {
7973 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7974
7975 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7976
7977 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7978 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7979 sort, quadrant);
7980 #endif
7981
7982 return chain_entry;
7983 }
7984
7985 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7986 NULL if no such space exists. */
7987
7988 static sd_chain_struct *
7989 is_defined_space (name)
7990 char *name;
7991 {
7992 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7993
7994 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7995 chain_pointer;
7996 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7997 {
7998 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7999 return chain_pointer;
8000 }
8001
8002 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
8003 return NULL;
8004 }
8005
8006 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
8007 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
8008
8009 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
8010 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
8011
8012 static sd_chain_struct *
8013 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8014 asection *seg;
8015 {
8016 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8017
8018 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8019 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8020 space_chain;
8021 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8022 {
8023 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8024 return space_chain;
8025 }
8026
8027 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8028 return NULL;
8029 }
8030
8031 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
8032 NULL if no such subspace exists.
8033
8034 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8035 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8036 own subspace. */
8037
8038 static ssd_chain_struct *
8039 is_defined_subspace (name)
8040 char *name;
8041 {
8042 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8043 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8044
8045 /* Walk through each space. */
8046 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8047 space_chain;
8048 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8049 {
8050 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8051 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8052 subspace_chain;
8053 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8054 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8055 return subspace_chain;
8056 }
8057
8058 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8059 return NULL;
8060 }
8061
8062 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8063 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8064
8065 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8066 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8067 to become more efficient. */
8068
8069 static ssd_chain_struct *
8070 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8071 asection *seg;
8072 subsegT subseg;
8073 {
8074 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8075 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8076
8077 /* Walk through each space. */
8078 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8079 space_chain;
8080 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8081 {
8082 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8083 {
8084 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8085 the correct mapping. */
8086 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8087 subspace_chain;
8088 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8089 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8090 return subspace_chain;
8091 }
8092 }
8093
8094 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8095 return NULL;
8096 }
8097
8098 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8099
8100 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8101 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8102
8103 static sd_chain_struct *
8104 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8105 int number;
8106 {
8107 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8108
8109 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8110 space_chain;
8111 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8112 {
8113 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8114 return space_chain;
8115 }
8116
8117 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8118 return NULL;
8119 }
8120
8121 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8122 address is unknown then return zero. */
8123
8124 static unsigned int
8125 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8126 sd_chain_struct *space;
8127 int quadrant;
8128 {
8129 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8130 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8131 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8132 return 0x40000000;
8133 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8134 return 0x40000000;
8135 else
8136 return 0;
8137 return 0;
8138 }
8139
8140 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8141 static int
8142 pa_next_subseg (space)
8143 sd_chain_struct *space;
8144 {
8145
8146 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8147 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8148 }
8149 #endif
8150
8151 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8152 a string. */
8153
8154 static unsigned int
8155 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8156 char *s;
8157 {
8158 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8159
8160 switch (c)
8161 {
8162 case '\"':
8163 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8164 break;
8165 default:
8166 break;
8167 }
8168 return c;
8169 }
8170
8171 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8172
8173 static void
8174 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8175 int append_zero;
8176 {
8177 char *s, num_buf[4];
8178 unsigned int c;
8179 int i;
8180
8181 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8182 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8183 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8184
8185 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8186 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8187 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8188 #endif
8189
8190 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8191 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8192
8193 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8194 {
8195 if (c == '\\')
8196 {
8197 c = *s;
8198 switch (c)
8199 {
8200 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8201 case 'x':
8202 {
8203 unsigned int number;
8204 int num_digit;
8205 char dg;
8206 char *s_start = s;
8207
8208 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8209 s++;
8210 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8211 num_digit < 2
8212 && (isdigit (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8213 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8214 num_digit++)
8215 {
8216 if (isdigit (dg))
8217 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8218 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8219 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8220 else
8221 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8222
8223 s++;
8224 dg = *s;
8225 }
8226 if (num_digit > 0)
8227 {
8228 switch (num_digit)
8229 {
8230 case 1:
8231 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8232 break;
8233 case 2:
8234 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8235 break;
8236 }
8237 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8238 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8239 }
8240 break;
8241 }
8242 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8243 default:
8244 s++;
8245 break;
8246 }
8247 }
8248 }
8249 stringer (append_zero);
8250 pa_undefine_label ();
8251 }
8252
8253 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8254
8255 static void
8256 pa_version (unused)
8257 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8258 {
8259 obj_version (0);
8260 pa_undefine_label ();
8261 }
8262
8263 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8264
8265 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8266
8267 static void
8268 pa_compiler (unused)
8269 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8270 {
8271 obj_som_compiler (0);
8272 pa_undefine_label ();
8273 }
8274
8275 #endif
8276
8277 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8278
8279 static void
8280 pa_copyright (unused)
8281 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8282 {
8283 obj_copyright (0);
8284 pa_undefine_label ();
8285 }
8286
8287 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8288 the latest space label. */
8289
8290 static void
8291 pa_cons (nbytes)
8292 int nbytes;
8293 {
8294 cons (nbytes);
8295 pa_undefine_label ();
8296 }
8297
8298 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8299
8300 static void
8301 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8302 int float_type;
8303 {
8304 float_cons (float_type);
8305 pa_undefine_label ();
8306 }
8307
8308 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8309
8310 static void
8311 pa_fill (unused)
8312 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8313 {
8314 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8315 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8316 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8317 #endif
8318
8319 s_fill (0);
8320 pa_undefine_label ();
8321 }
8322
8323 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8324
8325 static void
8326 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8327 int needs_align;
8328 {
8329 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8330 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8331 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8332 #endif
8333
8334 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8335 pa_undefine_label ();
8336 }
8337
8338 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8339
8340 static void
8341 pa_lsym (unused)
8342 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8343 {
8344 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8345 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8346 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8347 #endif
8348
8349 s_lsym (0);
8350 pa_undefine_label ();
8351 }
8352
8353 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8354 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8355 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8356
8357 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8358 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8359 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8360 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8361 with the address of "foo").
8362
8363 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8364 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8365 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8366
8367 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8368 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8369 selectors).
8370
8371 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8372 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8373
8374 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8375 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8376 right bits out of an instruction. */
8377
8378 int
8379 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8380 fixS *fixp;
8381 {
8382 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8383
8384 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8385
8386 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8387 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8388 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8389 return 0;
8390 #endif
8391
8392 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8393 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8394 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8395 return 0;
8396 #endif
8397
8398 if (fixp->fx_addsy && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
8399 || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy)))
8400 return 0;
8401
8402 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8403 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8404
8405 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8406 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8407 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8408 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8409 && fixp->fx_subsy
8410 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8411 {
8412 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
8413 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
8414 return 0;
8415 }
8416
8417 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8418
8419 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8420 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8421 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8422 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8423 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8424 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8425 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8426 sum to the right value.
8427
8428 eg. Suppose we have
8429 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8430 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8431 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8432
8433 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8434 reducing to the section symbol we get
8435 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8436 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8437 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8438 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8439 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8440
8441 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8442 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8443 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8444 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8445 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8446
8447 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8448 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8449 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8450 return 0;
8451
8452 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8453 relocations with plabels. */
8454 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8455 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8456 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8457 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8458 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8459 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8460 return 0;
8461
8462 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8463 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8464 return 0;
8465
8466 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8467 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8468 return 0;
8469
8470 return 1;
8471 }
8472
8473 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8474 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8475 within GAS. */
8476
8477 int
8478 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8479 struct fix *fixp;
8480 {
8481 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8482
8483 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8484 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8485 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8486 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8487 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8488 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8489 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8490 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8491 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8492 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8493 return 1;
8494 #endif
8495 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8496 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8497 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8498 return 1;
8499 #endif
8500
8501 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8502
8503 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8504 linking works. */
8505 if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy) || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
8506 return 1;
8507
8508 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8509 entry if they're going to need either a argument relocation or long
8510 call stub. */
8511 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8512 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8513 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8514 return 1;
8515
8516 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8517 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8518 {
8519 valueT distance;
8520
8521 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8522 - md_pcrel_from (fixp) - 8);
8523 if (distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8524 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 && distance + 262144 >= 524288)
8525 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8526 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 && distance + 8192 >= 16384)
8527 #endif
8528 )
8529 return 1;
8530 }
8531
8532 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8533 return 1;
8534
8535 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8536 return 0;
8537 }
8538
8539 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8540 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8541 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8542 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8543
8544 static void
8545 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8546 {
8547 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8548 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8549 char *name;
8550
8551 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8552 {
8553 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8554 or other problems. */
8555 return;
8556 }
8557
8558 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8559 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8560 + 1);
8561 if (name)
8562 {
8563 symbolS *symbolP;
8564
8565 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8566 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8567
8568 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8569 symbol will have already been defined. */
8570 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8571 if (symbolP)
8572 {
8573 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8574 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8575
8576 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8577 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8578 xfree (name);
8579 }
8580 else
8581 {
8582 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8583 last instruction of the function */
8584 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8585 frag_now);
8586
8587 assert (symbolP);
8588 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8589 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8590 }
8591
8592 if (symbolP)
8593 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8594 else
8595 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8596
8597 }
8598 else
8599 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8600
8601 }
8602
8603 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8604 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8605 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8606 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8607
8608 void
8609 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8610 {
8611 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8612
8613 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8614 call_info_pointer;
8615 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8616 {
8617 elf_symbol_type *esym
8618 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8619 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8620 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8621 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8622 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8623 }
8624 }
8625
8626 static void
8627 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8628 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8629 {
8630 struct fix *new_fix;
8631
8632 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8633
8634 if (new_fix)
8635 {
8636 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8637 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8638 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8639 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8640 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8641 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8642 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8643 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8644 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8645 }
8646 }
8647
8648 static void
8649 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8650 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8651 {
8652 struct fix *new_fix;
8653
8654 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8655
8656 if (new_fix)
8657 {
8658 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8659 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8660 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8661 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8662 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8663 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8664 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8665 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8666 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8667 }
8668 }
8669 #endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.252538 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.